Win-Depot-Equipment-Catalog-2014-2015

One Stop Shop 

Win Depot is a leading restaurant equipment and supplies company servicing the food 

service industries for over 0 years. We have 2 showrooms with many experienced sales 

associates to meet all your foodservice needs. Win Depot Restaurant quipment Center 

can assist you with all your restaurant equipment and supply needs. 

MONTHLY 

SMALLWARE 

1st Fl. - Smallware 

Design Service 

Delivery Service 

2nd Fl. - Equipment 

Professional Sales 

Fabrication 

QUEENS 

SHOWROOM 

2- Northern Blvd., 

.I.C., N 11101 

Tel (71)--1 

ax (71)--0700 

Business our 

00am - 00pm 

MANHATTAN 

SHOWROOM 

1 afayette St., 

N..C., N 10012 

Tel (212)-1-1 

ax (212)-- 

Business our 

0am - 00pm 

1800-668-0711 

Website www.winsupply.com 

mail infowinsupply.com 

FoodService Design 

We provide foodservice design for the hospitality industry 

on a national and international level. xperienced 

professionals with extensive background in project management 

can take a project through to completion. Our 150,000 

square feet showroom featuring smallware, restaurant 

equipment & appliances, furnishings, combined with 

custom stainless steel fabrication factory guarantee that 

every demand will be met with highest quality. 

Hospitality Design 

We provide CAD system drawings, hand renderings and various 

other drawing for clients building or renovating their 

business. We have on hand architects, interior designers, professional 

engineers, construction contractors to meet our client’s 

demands. 

Custom Stainless Steel 

Fabrication 

Win Depot has an on-site custom stainless steel fabrication 

factory that can transform your project ideas into reality. Our experienced 

team of professionals will guide you through every 

step of the way until your project is developed.

Contents 

Refrigeration 

Reach-in …...…………………………………………………………………………………............................... 

Merchandiser ..………………………………………………………………………………...…..…………….…… 

Food preparation table ………………………………….…………………......................…………………... 

Worktop/Undercounter .………………………………….…………………………….........……………..….. 

Bar equipment …………………………………………….………………………….…………………………….. 

Chef base ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 

Deli case …………………………………………………….………………………………………………………... 

Open display case ..……………………………………………………………....................…….……………. 

Novelty case ...………………………………………………………………….............................................. 

Ice machine …………………………………………………………………….............................................. 

Soft serve freezer …………………….…………………………………………………………………………….. 

Sushi case .………………………………………………………………………............................................. 

Walk-in ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Kitchen equipment 

Range …...…………………………………………………………………………………….............................. 

Convection oven/Combi oven ..……………………………………………………………….………...……… 

Fryer ..…………………………………….………………….......................………………………………….….. 

Pasta cooker …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 

Charbroiler/Griddle ………………………………….…………………...................……………………........ 

Hot plate …………………………………………….…………………………………………………..…………… 

Broiler …………………………………………………….…………………………………………………………… 

Steamer …………………………………………………………................................................................. 

Pizza oven ………………………………………………………................................................................ 

Sandwich grill ………………………………..……………………………………………………………………… 

Conveyor Toaster ………………..……………………………………………............................................. 

Drop-in hot/cold unit …………………………………………………………………………………………...... 

Steam table ……………………………...…………...……………………………………………………………... 

Baking …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 

Sink …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Worktable/Shelve ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Dishwasher/Dishtable …………………………………………………………………………………………… 

Hood system ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Specialty equipment …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Food Preparation 

Slicer …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…..... 

119 

Meat grinder …………………………………………………………………………………………………........ 122 

Mixer ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….... 124 

Cutter/Peeler/Processor ..……………………………………………………………………….................… 126 

Bar & beverage equipment 

Bar sink ………………………………………………………………………………………………………...…… 

Ice bin ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 

Coffee maker ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 

Concession equipment 

Hot dog machine ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 142 

Merchandiser ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 145 

Condiment system ………………………………………………………………………………………………... 146 

2 

7 

13 

22 

27 

33 

34 

38 

43 

44 

50 

52 

54 

55 

61 

69 

76 

78 

83 

86 

87 

89 

92 

94 

96 

2 

97 

98 7 

103 13 

107 

18 

108 

114 27 

116 32 

39 

43 

44 

50 

52 

54 

130 

132 

133

REFRIGERATION 

HORIZON SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED REACH-IN 

FREEZER/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Exterior—Stainless steel interior and exterior standard. 

• Insulation—foamed-in-place CFC and HCFC-free polyurethane insulation. 

• Electronic thermostat with a digital display of cabinet temperatures, which includes status 

indicators and key pad for any necessary temperature adjustments. 

• Bottom mount balanced refrigeration system for better ergonomics. 

• Automatic condensate evaporation system for energy efficiency. 

• Forced-air system ensures uniform distribution of airflow throughout the entire cabinet to 

ensure even product temperatures. 

• Anti-microbial door handles and door locks are standard. 

• Spring-loaded hinges standard. Positive seal self-closing door(s) with 120° stay open 

feature. 

• Plug-in magnetic door gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease 

of cleaning. 

• Three (3) heavy duty epoxy coated wire shelves per section standard. Four (4) shelf clips 

included per shelf (field installed). 

• Shelves are adjustable in ½” increments. 

• 6” heavy-duty casters included, two with brakes standard. 3” casters or 6” legs optional. 

• Epoxy coated evaporator prevents corrosion. 

• Pre-wired plug for 115/60/1 phase. 

• 3 year parts/labor warranty. Additional 2 year compressor warranty. 

Type Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of doors 

Freezer HBF23-1 W2K406 27¼"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer HBF27-1 W2K408 30"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 27 cu. ft. ¾ 1 



Refrigerator HBR23-1 W2K414 27 ¼"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 1 

Refrigerator HBR27-1 W2K416 30"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 27 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 1 

Refrigerator HBR49-1 W2I447 52"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 49 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 2 

Refrigerator HBR72-1 W2K419 75"L x 33¾"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. ½ 3 

Glass door unit available 

Optional LED lighting for glass door unit 

2 

www.winsupply.com 1-800-668-0711

REFRIGERATION 

HORIZON SERIES TOP MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Exterior—Stainless steel exterior front and gray painted sides standard. 

• Interior—Aluminum interior with coved corners standard. 

• Insulation—2” foamed-in-place CFC and HCFC-free polyurethane insulation. 

• Electronic thermostat with digital display of cabinet temperatures, which includes status 

indicators and key pad for any necessary temperature adjustments. 

• Top mount balanced refrigeration system with evaporator positioned out of the food 

zone to maximize capacity. 

• Automatic condensate evaporation system for energy efficiency. 

• Unique down draft airflow system ensures uniform distribution of airflow throughout the 

entire cabinet to ensure even product temperatures. 

• Anti-microbial door handles and door locks are standard. 

• Spring-loaded hinges standard. Positive seal self-closing door(s) with 120° stay open 

feature. 

• Plug-in magnetic door gaskets of one piece construction, removable without tools for 

ease of cleaning. 

• Three (3) heavy duty epoxy coated wire shelves per section standard. Four (4) shelf clips 

included per shelf (field installed). 

• Shelves are adjustable in ½” increments. 

• 6” heavy-duty casters included, two with brakes standard. 3” casters or 6” legs optional. 


• Epoxy coated evaporator prevents corrosion. 



Freezer HF1-1S W2H697 26"L x 32"D x 78½"H 24 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer HF1W-1S W2I081 35"L x 32"D x 78½"H 34 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer HF2-1S W2G420 52"L x 32"D x 78½"H 49 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Freezer HF3-5S W2K098 78"L x 32"D x 78½"H 74 cu. ft. 1 3 

Refrigerator HR1-1S W2F229 26"L x 32"D x 78½"H 24 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 1 

Refrigerator HR1W-1S W2K491 35"L x 32"D x 78½"H 34 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 1 

Refrigerator HR2-1S W2F102 52"L x 32"D x 78½"H 49 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 2 

Refrigerator HR3-1S W2I189 78"L x 32"D x 78½"H 74 cu. ft. ½ 3 

1 Great Design, 4 Finish Options: 

•HR Standard Series: S/S front, gray painted sides, aluminum interior 

•HRP Series: S/S front, S/S sides, aluminum interior 

•HRS Series: S/S front, gray painted sides, s/s interior 

•HRPS Spec Series: Complete S/S exterior and interior 

www.winsupply.com 1-800-668-0711 

3

REFRIGERATION 

Steam Pans & Chafers 

K SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Heavy-duty construction includes stainless front (doors and grilles). Exterior sides are 

steel with gray finish. Exterior top and back are galvanized steel. Interior bottom is 

stainless. 

• Interior of cabinet is constructed of white coated steel walls. Adjustable epoxy coated 

steel wire shelves are standard (3 per section). 

• Foamed-in-place CFC and HCFC-free polyurethane insulation enhances the structural 

strength of the cabinet and helps increase energy efficiency. 

• Doors attach to cabinet on cam-lift hinges. Hinges permit doors to stay open at 120° and 

gravity self-close. 

• Three-inch heavy-duty casters included, two with brakes standard. 

• Balanced refrigeration system is located at bottom of cabinet. 

• Enhanced digital control is located outside top of cabinet. Control includes “Door Open 

Indicator” and displays internal cabinet temperature. Internal cabinet temperature is fully 

adjustable using the digital control. 




Freezer KF24-1AS W1A057 27"L x 30"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer KF48-1AS W1A061 54"L x 30"D x 78"H 49 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Freezer KF74-5AS W1A063 82"L x 30"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. 1 3 

Refrigerator KR24-1AS W1A056 27"L x 30"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ¼ 1 

Refrigerator KR48-1AS W1A060 54"L x 30"D x 78"H 49 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 2 

Refrigerator KR74-1AS W1A062 82"L x 30"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. ½ 3 

MAXIMUM SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED 

REACH-IN FREEZER/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Stainless steel interior and stainless steel exterior with clear coat 

aluminum side panels (galvanized steel top, bottom and back). 

• Entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using high 

density, CFC free polyurethane insulation. 

• Self-closing and stay open door features make this the ultimate choice 

in customer convenience. 

• Four-inch swivel casters included. 

• Bottom mount compressor units. 

• Digital temperature control system. 




Freezer MSF-23NM W2A980 27"L x 30¾"D x 78¼"H 23 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer MSF-49NM W2C467 54⅜"L x 30¾"D x 78¼"H 49 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Refrigerator MSR-23NM W1Z395 27"L x 30¾"D x 78¼"H 23 cu. ft. ¼ 1 

Refrigerator MSR-49NM W2G400 54⅜"L x 30¾"D x 78¼"H 49 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 2 

4 


REFRIGERATION 

M3 SERIES TOP MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Stainless steel exterior (galvanized steel top, bottom and back) and stainless steel interior 

with aluminum inside walls and door liners. 

• Entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using high density, CFC free 

polyurethane insulation. 

• Digital temperature control system provides precise and constant temperature. 

• Top mount compressor units are designed to ensure that each part is properly sized and 

balanced. 

• Magnetic door gaskets are of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of 

cleaning and replacement. 





Freezer M3F19-1 W2L982 25¼"L x 31½"D x 72⅟₈"H 20 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 1 

Freezer M3F24-1 W2C336 28¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 24 cu. ft. ½ 1 

Freezer M3F47-2 W2C464 51¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 47 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Freezer M3F72-3 W2G545 77¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. 1¼ 3 

Refrigerator M3R19-1 W2M219 25¼"L x 31½"D x 72⅟₈"H 20 cu. ft. ¼ 1 

Refrigerator M3R24-1 W2C335 28¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 24 cu. ft. ¼ 1 

Refrigerator M3R47-2 W2C454 51¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 47 cu. ft. ⅟₃ 2 

Refrigerator M3R72-3 W2C493 77¾"L x 30¾"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. ½ 3 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Stainless steel interior and exterior (galvanized steel top, bottom and back). 



• Digital temperature control system provides precise and constant temperature. 

• Bottom mount compressor allows easier access for service and extra storage space above. 

• Magnetic door gaskets are of one piece construction, removable without tools for ease of 

cleaning and replacement. 














5

REFRIGERATION 

T-SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Exterior - Stainless steel front. Anodized quality aluminum ends, back and top. 

• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor with coved 

corners. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Lifetime guaranteed recessed door handle. 

• Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves. 



Type Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower Number of doors Number of shelves 

Freezer T-19F W1B075 27”L x 24⅟₂”D x 75⅟₄”H ⅓ 1 3 

Freezer T-23F W1B077 27”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ⅓ 1 3 

Freezer T-35F W1B078 39⅟₂”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ¾ 2 6 

Freezer T-49F W1B079 54⅟₈”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ¾ 2 6 

Freezer T-72F W1B080 78⅟₈”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H 1 3 9 

Refrigerator T-19 W1B049 27”L x 24⅟₂”D x 75⅟₄”H ⅓ 1 3 

Refrigerator T-23 W1B050 27”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ⅓ 1 3 

Refrigerator T-35 W1B051 39⅟₂”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ⅓ 2 6 

Refrigerator T-49 W1B052 54⅟₈”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ⅟₂ 2 6 

Refrigerator T-72 W1B053 78⅟₈”L x 29⅟₂”D x 78⅜”H ⅟₂ 3 9 


TS-SERIES BOTTOM MOUNTED REACH-IN 


Features 

• Exterior - Stainless steel door, front and sides. Matching aluminum back. 

• Interior - Stainless steel liner and floor. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Lifetime guaranteed recessed door handle. 














6 


REFRIGERATION 

LUMAVUE MERCHANDISER SERIES HINGED GLASS 

DOOR REFRIGERATOR 

Features 

• Used for merchandising and storage of product. 

• White coated steel interior walls. 

• Exterior finish is heavy-duty steel with a baked on durable coating. Choose from black or 

white finish. 

• Foamed-in-place CFC and HCFC-free polyurethane insulation. 

• Double pane, lowE argon filled glass door features inside and outside panes that are 

tempered for added safety. 

• Self-closing, hinged glass door provides automatic hold-open feature. 

• Recessed, pocket door handle. 

• Three white epoxy coated steel shelves are standard. 

• Product temperatures from 32°F to 40°F. 

• Bottom mount refrigeration system. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Net capacity Horsepower Number of doors 

Black LV10-1-B W2C794 24"L x 26"D x 54"H 10 cu. ft. ⅕ 1 

Black LV12-1-B W2C796 24"L x 24"D x 62"H 12 cu. ft. ⅙ 1 

Black LV23-1-B W2K557 27"L x 32"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Black LV27-1-B W2C798 30"L x 32"D x 78"H 27 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 


Black LV72Y-1-B W2K570 75"L x 32"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

White LV10-1-W W2C795 24"L x 26"D x 54"H 10 cu. ft. ⅕ 1 

White LV12-1-W W2C797 24"L x 24"D x 62"H 12 cu. ft. ⅙ 1 

White LV23-1-W W2K559 27"L x 32"D x 78"H 23 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

White LV27-1-W W2C799 30"L x 32"D x 78"H 27 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 


White LV72Y-1-W W2K572 75"L x 32"D x 78"H 72 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Optional LED lighting 


7

REFRIGERATION 

LUMAVUE MERCHANDISER SERIES SLIDING GLASS 

DOOR REFRIGERATOR 

Features 

• Used for merchandising and storage of product. 

• White coated steel interior walls. 

• Exterior finish is heavy-duty steel with a baked on durable coating. Choose from black or 

white finish. 


• Double pane, lowE argon filled glass door features inside and outside panes that are 

tempered for added safety. 

• Sliding glass doors feature integral low profile door handles that are more aesthetically 

pleasing. 

• Hold-open feature is standard. 

• Three white epoxy coated steel shelves are standard. 

• Product temperatures from 32°F to 40°F. 

• Bottom mount refrigeration system. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of doors 

Black LV15-1-B W2K549 36"L x 24"D x 54"H 15 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Black LV17-1-B W2K553 36"L x 24"D x 60"H 17.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Black LV38-1-B W2C800 43⅟₂"L x 32"D x 78"H 38 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 


Black LV66-1-B W2C806 75"L x 32"D x 78"H 70 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

White LV15-1-W W2K551 36"L x 24"D x 54"H 15 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

White LV17-1-W W2K555 36"L x 24"D x 60"H 17.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

White LV38-1-W W2C801 43⅟₂"L x 32"D x 78"H 38 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 


White LV66-1-W W2J745 75"L x 32"D x 78"H 70 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Optional LED lighting 

8 


REFRIGERATION 

HINGED GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 



• Double pane glass doors equipped with unique double pane glass doors with a layer of 

patented, transparent thermal insulating film applied between the two glass layers. 

• Energy conserving fan control utilizing algorithmic air circulation for optimal temperature 

levels. 

• Adjustable, heavy duty, PE (polyethylene) coated wire shelves. 


• Refrigerator Holds 33°F ~ 38°F for the best in beverage preservation. 




White TGM-11RV W2A179 23⅝"L x 23⅜"D x 62⅞"H 11 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-14RV W1Y854 23⅝"L x 23⅜"D x 73⅝"H 14 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-22RV W1S508 28¾”L x 27⅝”D x 79⅞"H 22 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Black TGM-22RVB W2L347 28¾”L x 27⅝”D x 79⅞"H 22 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-50RS W1Z847 55⅞”L x 32”D x 78⅟₂”H 35 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Black TGM-50RSB W2M400 55⅞”L x 32”D x 78⅟₂”H 35 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

White TGM-72RS W2A246 78”L x 32”D x 79⅟₄”H 72 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

Black TGM-72RSB W2M811 78”L x 32”D x 79⅟₄”H 72 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES HINGED GLASS DOOR 

MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 



• Triple pane air insulated layer glass doors equipped with a layer of patented, transparent 

thermal insulating film applied between the glass layers. 


levels. 

• High-tech monitor self-diagnosis system. 


• Digital temperature control system provides precise and constant temperatures. 

• LED lighting interior display system. 





Black TGM-10SD W2M806 25¾”L x 23⅟₄”D x 54⅜”H 9.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-12SD W2M144 25¾”L x 23⅟₄”D x 63”H 11.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Black TGM-15SD W2M807 26⅜”L x 24¾”D x 75⅝”H 15.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-20SD W2L625 27”L x 26⅜”D x 77”H 17.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Black TGM-23SD W2L605 27”L x 30⅟₄”D x 77”H 21.1 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

White TGM-35SD W2M808 39⅟₂”L x 31⅞”D x 77”H 37 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black TGM-47SD W2M809 51⅟₈”L x 31⅞”D x 77”H 46.2 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

White TGM-72SD W2M810 78”L x 31⅞”D x 77”H 71.3 cu. ft. ⅔ 3 


9

REFRIGERATION 

SLIDING GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 






levels. 







White TGM-35R W1W859 41⅜"L x 30"D x 79⅜"H 35 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

White TGM-48R W1X466 55⅞"L x 30"D x 78⅟₂”H 48 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Black TGM-48RB W2M813 55⅞"L x 30"D x 78⅟₂”H 48 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

White TGM-69R W1Y506 78”L x 30⅟₈”D x 79⅟₄"H 69 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

Black TGM-69RB W2M814 78”L x 30⅟₈”D x 79⅟₄"H 69 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

GLASS DOOR ICE MERCHANDISERS 

Features 





• Maintains an avg. temperature of 12°F or below and eliminates ice melting problems 

during hot weather conditions. 

• Non-peel, durable anti-rust white painted exterior with galvanized steel top. 

• White painted interior with stainless steel top and floor. 


• Digital temperature control system provides precise and constant temperatures. 


• Freezer holds 10°F~15°F for the best in bagged ice storage. 




White TGIM-23 W2M816 27”L x 29¾”D x 77”H 23 cu. ft. ⅔ 1 

White TGIM-49 W2M817 54⅜"L x 29¾”D x 77”H 49 cu. ft. 1⅟₂ 2 

10 


REFRIGERATION 

SWING GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 











White TGM-5R W2C100 18⅞"L x 20¾"D x 33⅟₄”H 5 cu. ft. ⅟₁₀ 1 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES SWING GLASS DOOR 

MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 












White TGM-5SD W2M839 25"L x 23⅟₄"D x 30⅟₂”H 5.9 cu. ft. ⅟₇ 1 

White TGM-7SD W2M840 25"L x 23⅟₄"D x 38⅟₈”H 7.6 cu. ft. ⅟₇ 1 

Black cabinet or white cabinet with wine color trim also available 

DIAMOND GLASS MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 

• Safety shielded 4 LED lighting system on every corner of the cabinet. 

• Beautiful 4 sided glass cabinet allows visibility from all sides to optimize display effect. 

• Compact size and countertop design occupies minimum space but maximize impulse sales. 

• Sturdy, clean stainless shelving. 





White CRT-77-1R W2C427 25"L x 23⅟₄"D x 30⅟₂”H 3 cu. ft. ²⁄₉ 1 

White CRT-77-2R W2C428 25"L x 23⅟₄"D x 38⅟₈”H 3 cu. ft. ²⁄₉ 2 


11

REFRIGERATION 

GLASS DOOR MERCHANDISERS REFRIGERATOR 

Features 

• Exterior - non-peel or chip white laminated vinyl; durable and permanent. 

• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner with stainless steel floor. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• “Low-E”, double pane thermal insulated glass door. 




HINGED GLASS DOOR 

Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower # of doors # of shelves 

White GDM-10 W1A936 24⅞”L x 23⅛”D x 53⅟₂”H ⅟₅ 1 3 

White GDM-12 W1A539 24⅞”L x 23⅛”D x 62⅜”H ⅟₅ 1 3 

White GDM-23 W1A553 27”L x 29⅞”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 1 4 

White GDM-26 W1A566 30”L x 29⅞”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 1 4 

White GDM-35 W1A572 39⅟₂”L x 29⅞”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 2 8 

White GDM-49 W1A579 54⅛”L x 29⅞”D x 78⅝”H ⅟₂ 2 8 

White GDM-72 W1A597 78⅛”L x 29⅞”D x 78⅝”H ¾ 3 12 

Black color exterior available at no extra cost 

SLIDING GLASS DOOR 


White GDM-33 W1A936 39⅟₂”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 2 8 

White GDM-37 W1A539 43⅟₂”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 2 8 

White GDM-41 W1A553 47⅛”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ⅓ 2 8 

White GDM-45 W1A566 51⅛”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ⅟₂ 2 8 

White GDM-47 W1A572 54⅛”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ⅟₂ 2 8 

White GDM-69 W1A579 78⅛”L x 29⅝”D x 78⅝”H ¾ 3 12 

Black color exterior available at no extra cost 

COUNTERTOP HINGED GLASS DOOR 


White GDM-5 W1A949 24”L x 23⅟₂”D x 37”H ⅟₆ 1 2 

Stainless Steel GDM-5-S W1X912 24”L x 23⅟₂”D x 37”H ⅟₆ 1 2 

White GDM-5PT W1A950 24”L x 23⅞”D x 37”H ⅟₅ 1 fr/1 bk 2 

Stainless Steel GDM-5PT-S W1X917 24”L x 23⅞”D x 37”H ⅟₅ 1 fr/1 bk 2 

12 


REFRIGERATION 

ELITE SERIES FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 

• Exterior construction includes heavy-duty stainless steel finish on front, sides, 

top, door(s) and grille. 

• Removable hoods and insulated lid assemblies are made of matching stainless 

steel. 

• Cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. 

• Interior liner is made of aluminum for superior resistance to corrosion. 

• Doors are mounted to face of cabinet on cartridge style hinges permitting them 

to self close under their own weight. Hinges also allow doors to stay open 120°. 

• Cabinet insulation is CFC free foamed-in-place polyurethane of two inch 

minimum thickness. 

• Epoxy-coated steel wire shelves are supplied as standard. 

• Six-inch casters, 2 with brakes, are standard. 

• Cutting board is 10” wide (mega top and standard top), 17” wide (cutting top), 

constructed of high density white polyethylene plastic. 

• Recirculated, forced air from evaporator is moved under pans, which are 

recessed 2” from top of cabinet. 



MEGA TOP 

Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of doors Number of shelves 

SPE27-12M-A ¹ W1A167 27"L x 38⅜"D x 45½"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE27-12M-B ² W2G578 27"L x 38⅜"D x 45½"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE36-12M W2K690 36”L x 38⁵⁄₁₆”D x 45⁹⁄₁₆”H 10.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE36-15M W2K691 36”L x 38⁵⁄₁₆”D x 45⁹⁄₁₆”H 10.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-12M W1A168 48”L x 36⅝”D x 45½"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-18M W1A169 48”L x 36⅝”D x 45½"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE60-12M W1A170 60”L x 36⅝”D x 45½"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 


SPE60-24M W1K612 60”L x 36⅝”D x 45½"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 





Optional drawer unit available 

¹ (9) ⅟₆ & (3) ¹⁄₉ size pans 

² (12) ⅟₆ size pans 


13

REFRIGERATION 

ELITE SERIES FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

STANDARD TOP 


SPE27A ¹ W2K684 27"L x 31"D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE27B ² W2K079 27"L x 31"D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE36-08 W2K688 36”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 10.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 



SPE48-10 W1A156 48”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-12 W1A157 48”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE60-08 W2J744 60”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 

SPE60-10 W1A159 60”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 



SPE72-08 W2K711 72”L x 29⅟₄”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 21.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 6 





¹ (6) ⅟₆ & (2) ¹⁄₉ size pans 


Standard top model shown. 

Cutting top model shown. 

CUTTING TOP 


SPE27C-A ¹ W2K685 27"L x 37⅞"D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE27C-B ² W2K686 27"L x 37⅞"D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 2 

SPE36-08C W2M848 36”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 10.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE36-10C W2M849 36”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 10.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-08C W2K695 48”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-10C W1A179 48”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE48-12C W1A180 48”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

SPE60-08C W2K706 60”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 

SPE60-10C W1A182 60”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 



SPE72-08C W2K712 72”L x 36”D x 41¹¹⁄₁₆"H 21.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 6 





¹ (6) ⅟₆ & (2) ¹⁄₉ size pans 


14 


REFRIGERATION 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 

• Stainless steel interior and exterior (galvanized steel back & bottom). 

• Cold air compartment maintains temperature evenly for each pan to preserve fresh food longer. 

• Cutting board is 9⅟₂” deep and ⅟₂” thick and is made of easy to use and sanitize LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). 

• Insulated pan cover. 

• Entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using high density, CFC free polyurethane insulation. 


• Refrigerator holds 33°F ~ 39°F for the best in food preservation. 

• Four inch diameter swivel casters standard. 



MEGA TOP 


TST-28SD-12 W1Z966 27⅟₂"L x 34”D x 39"H 8 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 1 

TST-36SD-15 W2C764 36⅜"L x 34"D x 39"H 11 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

TST-48SD-18 W2A646 48⅟₄”L x 34”D x 39”H 15 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

TST-60SD-24 W1Z769 60⅟₄”L x 34”D x 39”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 2 

TST-72SD-30 W2A472 72⅝”L x 34”D x 39”H 23 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 3 

STANDARD TOP 


TST-28SD W1Y554 27⅟₂"L x 30”D x 37"H 7 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 1 

TST-36SD W2C627 36⅜"L x 30”D x 37"H 11 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

TST-48SD W1Y545 48⅟₄"L x 30”D x 37"H 12 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

TST-60SD W1Y553 60⅟₄"L x 30”D x 37"H 16 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 2 

TST-72SD W1X468 72⅝"L x 30”D x 37"H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 3 



15

REFRIGERATION 

M3 SERIES FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 

• stainless steel exterior (galvanized steel back and bottom). 

• Interior is stainless steel floor with AL sides and back. 

• Cold air compartment maintains temperature evenly for each pan to preserve fresh food longer. 

• Cutting board is 9⅟₂” deep and ⅟₂” thick and is made of easy to use and sanitize LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). 



• Adjustable, heavy duty, PE(polyethylene) coated wire shelves. 


• Four inch diameter swivel casters standard. 



MEGA TOP 


MST-28-12 W2H202 27⅟₂"L x 34”D x 39"H 8 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 1 1 

MST-36-15 W2L592 36⅟₄"L x 34"D x 39"H 11 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

MST-48-18 W2E317 48⅟₄”L x 34”D x 39”H 15 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

MST-60-24 W2E607 60⅟₄”L x 34”D x 39”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 2 

MST-72-30 W2E652 72⅝”L x 34”D x 39”H 23 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 3 

STANDARD TOP 


MST-28 W2H203 27⅟₂"L x 30”D x 37"H 7 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 1 1 

MST-36 W2M552 36⅟₄"L x 30”D x 37"H 9.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 2 

MST-48 W2H204 48⅟₄"L x 30”D x 37"H 12 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

MST-60 W2C623 60⅟₄"L x 30”D x 37"H 16 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

MST-72 W2E607 72⅝"L x 30”D x 37"H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 3 


Side mount compressor unit available 

16 


REFRIGERATION 

FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 

• Exterior - stainless steel front, top and ends. Matching aluminum finished back. 

• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor with coved corners. 

• Entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Positive seal self-closing door with 90° stay open feature. 

• Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A), patented forced air refrigeration system holds 33°F to 41°F (.5°C to 5°C). 


• Stainless steel, patented, foam insulated lid and hood keep pan temperatures colder, lock in freshness and minimize 

condensation. 



MEGA TOP 

Model # Win # Dimension Number of pans Horsepower Number of doors Number of shelves 

TSSU-27-12M-B W1B150 27⅝"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅟₅ 1 2 

TSSU-27-12M-C W1V706 27⅝"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅟₅ 1 2 

TSSU-36-12M-B W1B151 36⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-12M-B W1X999 48⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-15M-B W1Y001 48⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 15 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-18M-B W1B154 48⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 18 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-12M-B W2E259 60⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-15M-B W2M851 60⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 15 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-18M-B W2M852 60⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 18 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-24M-B-ST W1B156 60⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 24 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-72-12M-B W2J489 72⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 12 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-15M-B W2M853 72⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 15 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-18M-B W2M854 72⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 18 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-24M-B-ST W2M855 72⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 24 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-30M-B-ST W2M856 72⅜"L x 34⅛”D x 40⅜"H 30 ⅟₂ 3 6 

ADA compliant unit available 

Drawer unit available 


17

REFRIGERATION 

STANDARD TOP 

Model # Win # Dimension Number of pans Horsepower Number of doors Number of shelves 

TSSU-27-8 W1B136 27⅝"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 8 ⅟₅ 1 2 

TSSU-36-8 W1B137 36⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 8 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-8 W1B138 48⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 8 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-10 W1B139 48⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 10 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-48-12 W1B140 48⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 12 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-8 W1B141 60⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 8 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-10 W1B142 60⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 10 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-12 W1B143 60⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 12 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-60-16 W1B144 60⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 16 ⅓ 2 4 

TSSU-72-8 W2K207 72⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 8 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-10 W2M857 72⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 10 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-12 W2M858 72⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 12 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-16 W2M859 72⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 16 ⅟₂ 3 6 

TSSU-72-18 W1B145 72⅜"L x 30⅛”D x 36¾"H 18 ⅟₂ 3 6 



18 


REFRIGERATION 

FOOD PREPARATION SERIES DELI/PIZZA TABLES 

Features 

• Exterior construction includes heavy-duty stainless steel finish on front, sides, top, door(s) and grille. 

• Insulated lid assemblies are made of matching stainless steel. 

• Cabinet back and bottom are constructed of galvanized steel. 

• Interior liner is made of aluminum for superior resistance to corrosion. 

• Doors are mounted to face of cabinet on cartridge style hinges permitting them to self close under their own weight. Hinges also 

allow doors to stay open 120°. 

• Cabinet insulation is CFC free foamed-in-place polyurethane of two inch minimum thickness. 

• Epoxy-coated steel wire shelves are supplied as standard. 

• Three-inch casters, 2 with brakes, are standard. 

• Cutting board is 19” wide, constructed of high density white polyethylene plastic. 

• Recirculated, forced air from evaporator is discharged 3 ways. Slightly over and mostly under pans which are recessed 

approximately 3” from top of raised rail, and into the cabinet directly. 



DP SERIES 


DP46 W1A189 46"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 16.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 2 

DP67 W1A190 67"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 27 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 4 

DP93 W1A191 93"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 39.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 6 

DP119 W1A192 119"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 52.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 4 8 

DPD SERIES 

Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of doors Number of drawers 

DPD46-2 W2K360 46"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 16.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ - 2 

DPD67-2 W2C306 67"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 27 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 2 

DPD67-4 W2K361 67"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 27 cu. ft. ⅟₄ - 4 

DPD93-2 W2K362 93"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 39.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 2 

DPD93-4 W2M860 93"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 39.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 4 

DPD119-2 W2K359 119"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 52.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 2 

DPD119-4 W2M861 119"L x 38⅜”D x 43⅜"H 52.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 4 


19

REFRIGERATION 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES PIZZA PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 



• Cutting board is 19⅟₄” deep and ⅟₂” thick, and is made of easy to use and sanitize LDPE (Low Density Polyethylene). 



• The evaporator fan and a newly designed stainless steel louver allow uniform distribution of cold air over the food pans and 

throughout the unit to keep food temperature within the NSF standard 7 requirements. 

• Refrigerator Holds 33°F ~ 41°F for the best in food preservation. 

• Four inch diameter swivel casters. 



Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of doors Number of drawers 

TPR-44SD W1G348 44"L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 14 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 - 

TPR-44SD-D2 W2M863 44"L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 14 cu. ft. ⅟₄ - 2 

TPR-67SD W1Z503 67"L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 20 cu. ft. ⅔ 2 - 

TPR-67SD-D2 W2M864 67"L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 20 cu. ft. ⅔ 1 2 

TPR-67SD-D4 W2M865 67"L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 20 cu. ft. ⅔ - 4 

TPR-93SD W2G399 93⅜”L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 31 cu. ft. ⅔ 3 - 

TPR-93SD-D2 W2M866 93⅜”L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 31 cu. ft. ⅔ 2 2 

TPR-93SD-D4 W2K325 93⅜”L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 31 cu. ft. ⅔ 1 4 

TPR-93SD-D6 W2M867 93⅜”L x 32⅟₄”D x 36”H 31 cu. ft. ⅔ - 6 

20 


REFRIGERATION 

FOOD PREPARATION TABLES 

Features 



• Entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Positive seal door swings within cabinet. 

• Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A), patented forced air refrigeration system holds 33°F to 41°F (.5°C to 5°C). 


• Stainless steel, patented, foam insulated flat lid keep pan temperatures colder, lock in freshness and minimize condensation. 

• Five inch diameter stem casters. 



Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower Number of doors Number of drawers Number of shelves 

TPP-44 W1B159 44⅟₂"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ 1 - 2 

TPP-44D-2 W1Y008 44⅟₂"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ - 2 - 

TPP-60 W1Y006 60⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ 2 - 4 

TPP-60D-2 W1Y009 60⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ 1 2 2 

TPP-67 W1B160 67⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ 2 - 4 

TPP-67D-2 W1B162 67⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ 1 2 2 

TPP-67D-4 W1B163 67⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅓ - 4 - 

TPP-93 W1B161 93⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 3 - 6 

TPP-93D-2 W1Y010 93⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 2 2 4 

TPP-93D-4 W1X463 93⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 1 4 2 

TPP-93D-6 W1B165 93⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ - 6 - 

TPP-119 W1Y007 119⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 4 - 8 

TPP-119D-2 W1Y011 119⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 3 2 6 

TPP-119D-4 W1Y012 119⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 2 4 4 

TPP-119D-6 W1Y013 119⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ 1 6 2 

TPP-119D-8 W1Y014 119⅟₄"L x 32⅟₄”D x 35¾”H ⅟₂ - 8 - 


21

REFRIGERATION 

WORK TOP FREEZERS/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Stainless steel on front, sides, door(s) and grille. Stainless steel 2 1/2” thick 

worktop with 4” high removable backsplash. Cabinet back and bottom are 

galvanized steel. 

• Interior liner is made of aluminum for longer lasting corrosion protection. 

Interior thermometer is standard. 

• Cabinets are insulated with foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation. 

• Doors are mounted to cabinet on self-closing, cartridge style hinges with 

120° stay open feature. 

• Six inch casters, two with brakes standard. 



STANDARD 29” DEPTH 


Freezer WTF27A W2K088 27”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Freezer WTF36A W2M875 36”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Freezer WTF48A W2K089 48”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator WTR27A W2K087 27”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 

Refrigerator WTR36A W2K927 36”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

Refrigerator WTR48A W1A246 48”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

Refrigerator WTR60A W2I141 60”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Refrigerator WTR72AY W2G693 72”L x 29⅟₄”D x 39⅟₂”H 21.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 3 

Optional drawer unit for refrigerator available 

32” DEPTH 


Freezer WTF67A W2K915 67”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 27 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Refrigerator WTR41 W2G541 41”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 14.75 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator WTR46A W2K929 46”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 16.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator WTR67A W2K938 67”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 27 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Refrigerator WTR93A W2K944 93”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 39.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

Refrigerator WTR119A W2K916 119”L x 32”D x 39⅟₂”H 52.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 4 


SHALLOW DEPTH 


Freezer WTF20 W2M876 20”L x 22¹⁷⁄₃₂”D x 31⁹⁄₃₂”H 2.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Freezer WTF27 W1A245 27”L x 25¾”D x 39⅟₂”H 6.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator WTR20Y W2M877 20”L x 22¹⁷⁄₃₂”D x 31⁹⁄₃₂”H 2.7 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 

Refrigerator WTR34Y W2M878 34”L x 22²³⁄₃₂”D x 31⁹⁄₃₂”H 5.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

22 


REFRIGERATION 

UNDERCOUNTER FREEZERS/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Stainless steel on front, sides, door(s) and grille. Cabinet back and 

bottom are galvanized steel. 

• Interior liner is made of aluminum for longer lasting corrosion 

protection. Interior thermometer is standard. 

• Cabinets are insulated with foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation. 

• Doors are mounted to cabinet on self-closing, cartridge style hinges with 

120° stay open feature. 

• Six inch casters, two with brakes standard. 



STANDARD 29” DEPTH 


Freezer UCF27A W2K094 27”L x 30⅞”D x 34⅟₂”H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Freezer UCF36A W2M879 36”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅝”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

Freezer UCF48A W2K095 48”L x 30¾”D x 34⅟₂”H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator UCR27A W2K090 27”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅟₂”H 7.3 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 

Refrigerator UCR36A W2K964 36”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅝”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

Refrigerator UCR48A W2K091 48”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅟₂”H 13.9 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

Refrigerator UCR60A W2K092 60”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅟₂”H 17.1 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Refrigerator UCR72AY W2K093 72”L x 29⅟₄”D x 34⅟₂”H 21.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 3 


32” DEPTH 


Freezer UCF67A W2K838 67”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 19.21 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Refrigerator UCR41A W2M880 41”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 8.3 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator UCR46A W2K865 46”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 16.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator UCR67A W2K873 67”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 19.21 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Refrigerator UCR93A W2K878 93”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 29.7 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

Refrigerator UCR119A W2K839 119”L x 32”D x 34⅟₂”H 40.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 4 


SHALLOW DEPTH 


Freezer UCF20 W1A269 20”L x 22”D x 31⅛”H 2.7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Freezer UCF27 W1A257 27”L x 27¾”D x 34⅟₂”H 6.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator UCR20Y W2K841 20”L x 22”D x 31⅛”H 2.7 cu. ft. ⅟₆ 1 

Refrigerator UCR27Y W2K854 27”L x 27¾”D x 34⅟₂”H 6.2 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator UCR34Y W2H482 34”L x 23⅝”D x 31”H 5.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 


23

REFRIGERATION 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES WORK TOP 

FREEZERS/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 



• Entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using high density, 

CFC free polyurethane insulation. 

• Refrigerator Holds 33°F ~ 38°F, freezer holds -5°F ~ -10°F for the best in food 

preservation. 

• Four inch swivel casters. 




Freezer TWF-28SD W2H288 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 7 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Freezer TWF-48SD W2E495 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 12 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Freezer TWF-60SD W2K096 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 16 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Refrigerator TWR-28SD W2H049 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator TWR-36SD W2C765 36⅜”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 11 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TWR-48SD W2G561 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 12 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TWR-60SD W2C766 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 16 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TWR-72SD W2E113 72⅝”L x 30”D x 33⅟₂”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES UNDERCOUNTER 


Features 



• Entire cabinet structure and solid doors are foamed-in-place using high density, 

CFC free polyurethane insulation. 

• Refrigerator Holds 33°F ~ 38°F, freezer holds -5°F ~ -10°F for the best in food 

preservation. 





Freezer TUF-28SD W1Z303 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 7 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Freezer TUF-48SD W1Y980 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 12 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Freezer TUF-60SD W2B851 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 16 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Refrigerator TUR-28SD W1Y544 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 7 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Refrigerator TUR-36SD W2E162 36⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 11 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TUR-48SD W1V952 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 12 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TUR-60SD W1Y548 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 16 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator TUR-72SD W1X509 72⅝”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

24 


REFRIGERATION 

M3 SERIES UNDERCOUNTER 


Features 

• Stainless steel exterior (galvanized steel back & bottom). 

• Interior is stainless steel floor with AL sides and back. 




• Refrigerator Holds 33°F ~ 38°F, freezer holds -5°F ~ -10°F for the best in 

food preservation. 





Freezer MUF-28 W2G727 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 7 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Freezer MUF-48 W2E318 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 12 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Freezer MUF-60 W2G433 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 16 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Refrigerator MUR-28 W2C767 27⅟₂”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 7 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 1 

Refrigerator MUR-36 W2M882 36⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 11 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Refrigerator MUR-48 W2C851 48⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 12 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator MUR-60 W2C624 60⅟₄”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 16 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Refrigerator MUR-72 W2G086 72⅝”L x 30”D x 30⅝”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Side mount compressor unit available 

WORKTOP FREEZERS/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 


• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. Stainless steel floor 

with coved corners. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place using 

Ecomate. 



• Five inch stem casters. 




Freezer TWT-27F W1B197 27⅝”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₄ 1 2 

Freezer TWT-48F W1B198 48⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₄ 2 4 

Freezer TWT-60F W1B199 60⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅓ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-27 W1B192 27⅝”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₆ 1 2 

Refrigerator TWT-36 W1B193 36⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₆ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-48 W1B194 48⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-60 W1B195 60⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-72 W1B196 72⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 33⅜”H ⅓ 3 6 


Drawer unit for refrigerator available 


25

REFRIGERATION 

32” DEEP WORKTOP 


Freezer TWT-44F W1Y045 44⅟₂”L x 32⅜”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₂ 1 2 

Freezer TWT-67F W1Y047 67⅟₄”L x 32⅜”D x 33⅜”H ¾ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-44 W1B203 44⅟₂”L x 32⅜”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₅ 1 2 

Refrigerator TWT-67 W1B204 67⅟₄”L x 32⅜”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TWT-93 W1B205 93⅟₄”L x 32⅜”D x 33⅜”H ⅓ 3 6 


UNDERCOUNTER FREEZERS/REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Exterior - stainless steel front, top and ends. Matching aluminum 

finished back. 

• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. Stainless steel 

floor with coved corners. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and solid door are foamed-in-place 

using Ecomate. 



• Five inch stem casters. 




Freezer TUC-27F W1B174 27⅝”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₄ 1 2 

Freezer TUC-48F W1Y029 48⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₄ 2 4 

Freezer TUC-60F W1B176 60⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅓ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-24 W2M883 24”L x 24¾”D x 32¾”H ⅛ 1 2 

Refrigerator TUC-27 W1B167 27⅝”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₆ 1 2 

Refrigerator TUC-36 W1B168 36⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₆ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-48 W1B171 48⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-60 W1B172 60⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-72 W1B173 72⅜”L x 30⅛”D x 29¾”H ⅓ 3 6 



32” DEEP WORKTOP 


Freezer TUC-44F W1Y029 44⅟₂”L x 32⅟₄”D x 29¾”H ⅟₂ 1 2 

Freezer TUC-67F W1Y031 67⅟₄”L x 32⅟₄”D x 29¾”H ¾ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-44 W1B185 44⅟₂”L x 32⅟₄”D x 29¾”H ⅟₅ 1 2 

Refrigerator TUC-67 W1B186 67⅟₄”L x 32⅟₄”D x 29¾”H ⅟₅ 2 4 

Refrigerator TUC-93 W1B187 93⅟₄”L x 32⅟₄”D x 29¾”H ⅓ 3 6 



26 


REFRIGERATION 

DEEP WELL HORIZONTAL COOLERS 

Features 

• Exteriors include attractive, wear-resistant vinyl on steel in black finish. 

• Bottle cap opener and cap catcher is standard with all models. 

• Tops include easy glide, stainless steel lids and stainless steel counter top with 

integral glass stops. 

• Galvanized steel metal interior is standard. 

• Adjustable dividers included are epoxy coated steel wire. 

• Forced air refrigeration systems provide ample capacity to chill and hold 

products between 32°F and 38°F. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of lids 

Black DW49-B W1A273 50”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅞”H 13.3 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DW64-B W1A274 65”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅞”H 18.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DW79-B W1A275 80”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅞”H 24.1 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Black DW94-B W1A276 95”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅞”H 28.5 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 4 

Black SF34-B W1A282 35”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅞”H 7.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 1 

Stainless steel finish available 

Wine coolers available 

DIRECT DRAW DISPENSERS 

Features 


• Doors are self-closing and include key locks. Magnetic gaskets provide positive 

door sealing. 

• Interior - galvanized steel walls and ceiling. 


• Three-inch (3”) insulated towers are provided. 




Black DD24-1-B W2M884 24”L x 29⅟₂”D x 37¾”H 7.8 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 1 

Black DD50-1-B W2J799 50⅟₂”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 19.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DD58-1-B W2J800 59”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 23.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DD68-1-B W2J909 69”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 28.4 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DD78-1-B W2K349 79”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 34.2 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

Black DD94-1-B W2K355 95”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 39.7 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 


CLUB TOP 


Black DD50C-1-B W2K327 50⅟₂”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 38¾”H 19.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DD58C-1-B W2K334 59”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 38¾”H 23.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black DD68C-1-B W2K342 69”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 38¾”H 28.4 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 



27

REFRIGERATION 

BACK BAR REFRIGERATORS 

Features 


• Two inch stainless steel top (27” base model only). 

• Doors are field reversible with hinge kit accessory. 

• Interior construction utilizes galvanized steel walls and ceiling. 




27” DEEP BACK BAR 


Black BB58-1-B W2K099 59”L x 28³⁄₁₆”D x 37⅟₄”H 23.8 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 






23” DEEP BACK BAR 


Black BB48Y-1-B W2G294 48”L x 23⅟₂”D x 34”H 12.1 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Black BB72Y-1-B W2G295 72”L x 23⅟₂”D x 34”H 19.4 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 3 



GLASS FROSTERS 

Features 


• Stainless steel top. 

• Interior - galvanized steel with sliding stainless steel lids. 





Black GF24L-B W1A284 24”L x 26”D x 33⅝”H 4.4 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 




28 


REFRIGERATION 

BOTTLE COOLERS 

Features 

• Super Deluxe (SD) models - stainless steel exterior (except galvanized steel back 

and bottom). SB models - attractive wear-resistant black vinyl exterior. 

• Interior is stainless steel floor with white painted galvanized steel inside walls. 

• Entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using high density, CFC free 


• Forced air cooling system. 





• 3 year parts/labor warranty. Additional 2 year compressor warranty (SD model). 

• 2 year parts/labor warranty. Additional 3 year compressor warranty (SB model). 


Black TBC-24SB W2K110 24⅞”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 3.6 cu. ft. ⅟₁₀ 1 

Stainless TBC-24SD W2M885 24⅞”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 3.6 cu. ft. ⅟₁₀ 1 

Black TBC-36SB W2K111 36¾”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Stainless TBC-36SD W2M886 36¾”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 1 

Black TBC-50SB W1Y547 50”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 13.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Stainless TBC-50SD W1X667 50”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 13.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black TBC-65SB W2C419 64⅜”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 18.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Stainless TBC-65SD W2G905 64⅜”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 18.5 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black TBC-80SB W2K112 80⅟₂”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 22.6 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Stainless TBC-80SD W2M887 80⅟₂”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 22.6 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Black TBC-95SB W1Y549 95”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 30.3 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Stainless TBC-95SD W1X668 95”L x 26⅟₂”D x 33⅟₄”H 30.3 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

BOTTLE COOLERS 

Features 

• Exterior - heavy gauge reinforced stainless steel countertop and wear-resistant 

black vinyl coated galvanized steel. 











Black TBB-1SB W2K104 23⅝”L x 32⅛”D x 37¾”H 7.5 cu. ft. ⅟₁₀ 1 

Black TBB-2SB W2C744 58¾”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 19 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Black TBB-2SG W2E303 58¾”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 19 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Black TBB-3SB W2K105 69”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 23 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

Black TBB-3SG W2B986 69”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 23 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black TBB-4SB W2K106 90⅜”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 30 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

Black TBB-4SG W2K072 90⅜”L x 27⅟₄”D x 37⅛”H 30 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 


29

REFRIGERATION 

BEER DISPENSERS 

Features 

• Super Deluxe (SD) models - stainless steel exterior (except galvanized steel back and bottom). 

• SB-Series (SB) models - attractive wear-resistant black vinyl exterior. 


• Entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using high density, CFC free polyurethane insulation. 


• Three inch diameter stainless steel insulated beer columns. 



• Side mount compressor unit. 


• 3 year parts/labor warranty. Additional 2 year compressor warranty (SD model). 

• 2 year parts/labor warranty. Additional 3 year compressor warranty (SB model). 

Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Capacity Horsepower Number of doors 

Black TBD-1SB W2M889 23⅝”L x 31¾”D x 38⅞”H (1) half barrel ⅟₁₀ 1 

Stainless TBD-1SD W2M890 23⅝”L x 31¾”D x 38⅞”H (1) half barrel ⅟₁₀ 1 

Black TBD-2SB W1Y551 58¾”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Stainless TBD-2SD W1X666 58¾”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBD-3SB W1Y550 69⅛”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Stainless TBD-3SD W1X665 69⅛”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBD-4SB W2M891 90⅜”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (4) half barrel ⅓ 3 

Stainless TBD-4SD W2M892 90⅜”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (4) half barrel ⅓ 3 

CLUB TOP 


Black TCB-2SB W2M893 58¾”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Stainless TCB-2SD W2M894 58¾”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TCB-3SB W2M895 69⅛”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Stainless TCB-3SD W2M896 69⅛”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TCB-4SB W2M897 90⅜”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (4) half barrel ⅓ 3 

Stainless TCB-4SD W2M898 90⅜”L x 27⅟₄”D x 38⅝”H (4) half barrel ⅓ 3 

30 


REFRIGERATION 

DEEP WELL HORIZONTAL COOLERS 

Features 

• Exterior - all stainless steel countertop and lid, heavy duty, wear resistant 

laminated black vinyl front and sides, matching black aluminum back. 

• Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. 

• Insulation - entire cabinet structure is foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Forced-air cooling. Positively guided air flow cools bottles on top first. 

• Removable, bottle cap openers and cap catchers. 

• Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 33°F to 38°F. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Bin dividers Horsepower Number of lids 

Black TD-24-7 W1S676 24¾”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 2 ⅟₆ 1 

Black TD-36-12 W1B263 36¾”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 2 ⅟₅ 1 

Black TD-50-18 W1B264 49⅝”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 3 ⅓ 2 

Black TD-65-24 W1B265 64⅝”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 4 ⅓ 2 

Black TD-80-30 W1Y076 80⅟₂”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 6 ⅓ 3 

Black TD-95-38 W1B266 95⅜”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H 7 ⅟₂ 3 


DIRECT DRAW BEER DISPENSERS 

Features 

• Exterior - heavy duty, wear resistant laminated black vinyl front and sides. 

Matching black aluminum back. All stainless steel counter top. 

• Interior - Stainless steel floor with 1/2“ (13 mm) reinforced lip and heavy 

gauge galvanized steel walls. 


• Three inch diameter stainless steel insulated beer columns. Cold air is directed 

into beer columns to reduce foaming and maximize draft beer profits. 





Black TDD-1 W1B233 23⅟₂”L x 31⅟₄”D x 39¾”H (1) half barrels ⅟₆ 1 

Black TDD-2 W1B234 58⅞”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (2) half barrels ⅓ 2 

Black TDD-3 W1B235 69⅛”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (3) half barrels ⅓ 2 

Black TDD-4 W1B236 90⅜”L x 27⅛”D x 37”H (4) half barrels ⅓ 3 


CLUB TOP 


Black TDD-2CT W1B243 58⅞”L x 27⅛”D x 38⅟₂”H (2) half barrels ⅓ 2 

Black TDD-3CT W1B244 69⅛”L x 27⅛”D x 38⅟₂”H (3) half barrels ⅓ 2 

Black TDD-4CT W1B245 90⅜”L x 27⅛”D x 38⅟₂”H (4) half barrels ⅓ 3 



31

REFRIGERATION 

BACK BAR REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Exterior - heavy duty, wear resistant • laminated black vinyl front and sides. 

Matching black aluminum back. All stainless steel counter top. 

• Interior - Stainless steel floor with ⅟₂” reinforced lip and heavy gauge 

galvanized steel walls. 






Black TBB-1 W2K109 23⅟₂”L x 31⅞”D x 38¾”H (1) half barrel ⅟₆ 1 

Black TBB-2 W1B249 58⅞”L x 27¾”D x 37”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBB-3 W1B250 69⅛”L x 27¾”D x 37”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBB-4 W1B251 90⅜”L x 27¾”D x 37”H (4) half barrel ⅓ 3 



24” BACK BAR 


Black TBB-24-48 W1B261 49⅛”L x 24⅟₂”D x 35⅝”H (2) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBB-24-60 W1U176 61⅛”L x 23⅞”D x 35⅝”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 2 

Black TBB-24-72 W1Y065 73⅛”L x 24⅟₂”D x 35⅝”H (3) half barrel ⅓ 3 



GLASS AND PLATE CHILLER/FROSTER 

Features 

• Exterior - heavy duty, wear resistant laminated black vinyl front and sides, 

matching black aluminum back. All stainless steel countertop and lids. 

• Interior - long lasting, heavy duty galvanized steel. 


• Adjustable, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 

• Oversized, factory balanced, refrigeration system holds 0°F and below. 

• Automatic defrost system time-initiated, time-terminated. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower Number of lids Number of shelves 

Black T-24-GC W1B273 24¾”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H ⅟₄ 1 2 

Black T-36-GC W1B274 36¾”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H ⅓ 1 3 

Black T-50-GC W1B275 49⅝”L x 26⅝”D x 33⅜”H ⅓ 2 5 


32 


REFRIGERATION 

WORKTOP CHEF BASE REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Exteriors - stainless steel on top, front, sides, rear and drip guard top. 

• Interior of cabinet is constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel. 

• Exterior solar digital thermometer with battery backup is standard. 

• Drawer frames are constructed of heavy duty stainless steel. 

• Heavy-duty six-inch (6”) casters. 



Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of drawers 

WTRCS36-1 W2K948 36”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

WTRCS36-1-48 W2K949 48”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 


WTRCS52-1-60 W2C274 52”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 9.7 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 

WTRCS52-1-72 W2E319 52”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 9.7 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 2 



WTRCS84-1-96 W2A989 84”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 17.5 cu. ft. ⅟₅ 4 


WRRCS112-1 W2K946 112”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 24.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 6 

WRRCS112-1-120 W2K947 120”L x 32”D x 26¾”H 24.5 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 6 

SUPER DELUXE SERIES CHEF BASE 

REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Top is manufactured of one-piece reinforced stainless steel. 

• Durable stainless steel drawers. 

• Top is insulated to eliminate heat transfer to the interior of cabinet. 



• Side mount compressor unit. 


• Five inch swivel casters. 



Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of drawers 

TCBE-52SDR 52⅟₂”L x 32”D x 20⅟₂”H 11 cu. ft. ⅟₄ 2 

TCBE-82SDR 83⅝”L x 32”D x 20⅟₂”H 19 cu. ft. ⅓ 4 

TCBE-96SDR 96⅜”L x 32”D x 20⅟₂”H 23 cu. ft. ⅓ 4 


33

REFRIGERATION 

WORKTOP CHEF BASE REFRIGERATORS 

Features 

• Exterior - stainless steel front, top and sides. Matching aluminum finished back. 


• Insulation - entire cabinet structure and drawer facings are foamed-in-place using Ecomate. 

• Stainless steel exterior drawer facings and liners. Stainless steel drawer frames. 

• Cabinet top is one piece, heavy duty reinforced 300 series stainless steel. 

• Oversized, environmentally friendly (134A) forced-air refrigeration system holds 33°F to 38°F. 

• Four inch diameter plate casters. 



Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower Number of drawers 

TRCB-36 W2M568 36⅜”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅟₅ 2 

TRCB-48 W2M906 48⅜”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅟₅ 2 

TRCB-52 W1W568 51⅞”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 2 

TRCB-52-60 W1Z780 60”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 2 

TRCB-72 W2B374 72⅜”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-79 W1B210 79⅟₄”L x 30⅟₂”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-79-86 W1Y049 86⅟₄”L x 30⅟₂”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-82 W1Y050 82⅜”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-82-84 W2M907 84”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-82-86 W2M908 86⅟₄”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-96 W2M909 95⅟₂”L x 32⅛”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 4 

TRCB-110 W1Y051 110”L x 30⅟₂”D x 20⅜”H ⅓ 6 

CURVED GLASS REFRIGERATED PRODUCT 

MERCHANDISER 

Features 

• Exterior is constructed of heavy-duty steel, with 14” stainless steel top. 

• Interior constructed of heavy-duty coated steel and stainless steel floor. 

• Foamed-in-place CFC and HCFC-free polyurethane insulation 

• Self-closing tempered sliding glass thermal pane doors with lock and 

stay open feature at cabinet rear. 

• Adjustable epoxy coated steel wire shelves are standard. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower Number of shelves 

Black CDR3/1-B-20 W2K295 37³⁄₁₆”L x 34⅞”D x 45⅞”H 13.4 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black CDR4/1-B-20 W2K297 49⅛”L x 34¹⁵⁄₁₆”D x 46”H 18.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Black CDR5/1-B-20 W2K300 61¹⁄₁₆”L x 34¹³⁄₁₆”D x 46”H 22.9 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Black CDR6/1-B-20 W2K302 73³⁄₁₆”L x 34⅞”D x 46⅛”H 27.6 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

White finish available 


34 


REFRIGERATION 

DELI/BAKERY REFRIGERATED CASES 

Features 

• Curved tempered front glass, sloped rear doors. 

• 304 stainless steel floor and air flow grille. 



• Independently wires shelf lights cantilevered wired shelves adjustable 

up and down, tilted. 

• Refrigerated deli case holds avg. 36°F ~ 38°F for fresher deli products. 

• Five inch casters standard. 

• Designed to operate in environments where temperature & humidity 

do not exceed 75°F and 55% relative humidity. 




Black TD-4R W1Z941 47⅜”L x 32⅜”D x 47⅟₄”H 11.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Black TD-5R W1Z942 59⅟₄”L x 32⅜”D x 47⅟₄”H 12.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Non-refrigerated unit available 

CURVED GLASS REFRIGERATED BAKERY 

CASES 

Features 

• Curved tempered front glass, sliding rear doors. 




• Safety shielded top fluorescent light lamp. 

• Heavy duty, white PE coated wire shelves. 

• Refrigerated bakery case holds avg. 38°F ~ 43°F for fresher bakery 

products. 

• Designed to operate in environments where temperature & humidity 

do not exceed 75°F and 55% relative humidity. 




Red Wine TCGB-36-2 W2M910 36⅟₂”L x 34⅟₄”D x 50⅛”H 10.92 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Red Wine TCGB-48-2 W2J659 48⅟₂”L x 34⅟₄”D x 50⅛”H 14.85 cu. ft. ⅓ 2 

Red Wine TCGB-60-2 W2M911 60⅟₂”L x 34⅟₄”D x 50⅛”H 18.79 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Red Wine TCGB-72-2 W2M912 72⅟₂”L x 34⅟₄”D x 50⅛”H 22.73 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

White finish unit available 


35

REFRIGERATION 

REFRIGERATED DELI CASE 

Features 

• Exterior - non-peel or chip laminated vinyl; white sides with black front and back grills. 

• "Low-E", double pane thermal front viewing glass provides maximum insulation value 

for greater efficiency and energy savings. 

• Stainless steel counter top provides surface for equipment such as registers and pointof-purchase 

novelties. 

• Interior - attractive, NSF approved, white aluminum liner. 300 series stainless steel 

floor with coved corners. 



• Case equipped with front and rear light sources. 




Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Horsepower Number of doors Number of shelves 

White TSID-36-2 W2M915 36⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅓ 2 (rear) 2 

White TSID-36-4 W2M916 36⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅓ 2 (front)/2 (rear) 2 

White TSID-48-2 W1B217 48⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅓ 2 (rear) 2 

White TSID-48-4 W1B218 48⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅓ 2 (front)/2 (rear) 2 

White TSID-72-3 W1Y061 72⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅟₂ 3 (rear) 2 

White TSID-72-6 W1Y062 72⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅟₂ 3 (front)/3 (rear) 2 

White TSID-96-3 W1B221 96⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅟₂ 3 (rear) 4 

White TSID-96-6 W1B222 96⅟₂”L x 29⅟₄”D x 50⅟₄”H ⅟₂ 3 (front)/3 (rear) 4 

LOW-HEIGHT 


White TSID-48-2-L W1B223 48⅝”L x 32⅛”D x 42”H ⅓ 2 (rear) 1 

White TSID-48-4-L W1B224 48⅝”L x 32⅛”D x 42”H ⅓ 2 (front)/2 (rear) 1 

White TSID-72-3-L W1Y063 72⅟₂”L x 32⅛”D x 42”H ⅓ 3 (rear) 1 

White TSID-72-6-L W1Y064 72⅟₂”L x 32⅛”D x 42”H ⅓ 3 (front)/3 (rear) 1 

CURVED GLASS REFRIGERATED DELI CASE 

Features 

• Exterior - durable and permanent no peel or chip white laminated vinyl with 

stainless steel top and trim. 

• Interior - NSF approved white aluminum sides and top. Stainless steel floor with 

coved corners. 


• Adjustable, lighted, white heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves 

• Cabinet equipped with three (3) light sources for maximum product display; two 

(2) shelf mounted and one (1) cabinet mounted. 





White TCGG-36 W2M917 36⅟₄”L x 35⅟₄”D x 47¾”H ⅓ 2 2 

White TCGG-48 W2M918 48⅟₄”L x 35⅟₄”D x 47¾”H ⅓ 2 2 

White TCGG-60 W2M919 60⅟₄”L x 35⅟₄”D x 47¾”H ⅟₂ 2 4 

White TCGG-72 W1Z654 72⅟₄”L x 35⅟₄”D x 47¾”H ¾ 2 4 

Stainless steel finish unit available 

36 


REFRIGERATION 

CURVED GLASS REFRIGERATED BAKERY CASE 

Features 

• Exterior - white laminate front and side panels. 

• Interior - NSF approved white aluminum sides and top; high impact plastic floor with 

coved corners. 


• Adjustable, lighted, heavy duty PVC coated wire shelves. 

• Cabinet equipped with four (4) light sources for maximum product display; three (3) 

shelf mounted and one (1) cabinet mounted. 

• Low velocity, high volume airflow design maintains 38°F to 40°F without drying out 

product. 




White TCGR-31 W2M920 31⅞”L x 38⅛”D x 47⅞”H ⅓ 2 3 

White TCGR-36 W2M921 36⅞”L x 38⅛”D x 47⅞”H ⅓ 2 3 

White TCGR-50 W2M922 50⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ⅟₂ 2 3 

White TCGR-59 W2M923 59⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ⅟₂ 2 3 

White TCGR-77 W2M924 77⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ¾ 2 3 

Non-refrigerated unit available 

Optional exterior color available at no charge: 

CURVED GLASS REFRIGERATED COLD DELI CASE 

Features 

• Exterior - white laminate front and side panels. 

• Interior - Stainless steel sides and top; high impact plastic floor with coved 

corners. 


• Adjustable, cantilevered, lighted, stainless mezzanine shelf. 

• Cabinet equipped with two (2) light sources for product display; one (1) shelf 

mounted and one (1) cabinet mounted. 

• Low velocity, high volume airflow design maintains 38°F to 40°F without 

drying out product. 




White TCGR-50-CD W2M925 50⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ⅟₂ 2 1 

White TCGR-59-CD W2M926 59⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ⅟₂ 2 1 

White TCGR-77-CD W2M927 77⅞”L x 35⅟₂”D x 47⅞”H ¾ 2 3 

Optional exterior color available at no charge: 


37

REFRIGERATION 

VERTICAL OPEN DISPLAY CASES 

Features 

• Automatic condenser cleaning system keeps the condenser clean and prevents system failure by automatically brushing daily. 

• Large evaporators and condensers for faster cooling and balanced temperature throughout the cabinet. 

• Attractive glass sided elegant euro design optimize the merchandiser’s display effects of fresh salads, sandwiches, desserts and 

beverages. 

• Standard back-guard improves airflow. 

• Foamed with polyurethane, high-density cell insulation (CFC Free). 

• Perforated interior back wall and top for improved air flow. 

• Front air intake and rear air discharge. 

• 300 series stainless steel interior standard including back wall, shelves and deck pans. 

• Non-peel, durable anti-rust coating on the exterior reduces fingerprints. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 


FULL HEIGHT 

Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity Horsepower # of shelves 

White TOM-40 W2J178 39”L x 28”D x 78”H 14.7 cu. ft. 1 4 

Black TOM-40B W1Y368 39”L x 28”D x 78”H 14.7 cu. ft. 1 4 

White TOM-50 W2G406 50⅞”L x 28”D x 78”H 19.6 cu. ft. 1 4 

Black TOM-50B W1Y369 50⅞”L x 28”D x 78”H 19.6 cu. ft. 1 4 

Standard Night Curtain, optional Security Cover Available 

MID HEIGHT 


White TOM-40M W2G909 39”L x 28”D x 60⅟₂”H 10.6 cu. ft. 1 3 

Black TOM-40MB W2M819 39”L x 28”D x 60⅟₂”H 10.6 cu. ft. 1 3 

White TOM-50M W2F150 50⅞”L x 28”D x 60⅟₂”H 14.1 cu. ft. 1 3 

Black TOM-50MB W2M820 50⅞”L x 28”D x 60⅟₂”H 14.1 cu. ft. 1 3 

EXTRA DEEP 


Black TOM-36-DXB W2M821 36”L x 34⅟₄”D x 78⅞”H 19.8 cu. ft. 1 4 

Black TOM-48-DXB W2M822 48”L x 34⅟₄”D x 78⅞”H 27.0 cu. ft. 1 4 

Black TOM-60-DXB W2L619 60”L x 34⅟₄”D x 78⅞”H 34.2 cu. ft. 1 4 

Optional Security Cover Available 

38 


REFRIGERATION 

HORIZONTAL OPEN DISPLAY CASES 

Features 

• Large evaporators and condensers for faster cooling and balanced temperature throughout the cabinet. 

• Attractive glass sided elegant euro design optimize the merchandiser’s display effects of fresh salads, sandwiches, desserts and 

beverages. 






• Designed to operate in an environment where temperature & humidity do not exceed 75°F and 55% respectively. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 


SLIM LINE 

Model shown with optional top display 

dry case. 


White TOM-30S W2M823 28”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 4.6 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

Black TOM-30SB W2M824 28”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 4.6 cu. ft. ⅓ 3 

White TOM-40S W2J192 39”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 6.6 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Black TOM-40SB W2M825 39”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 6.6 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

White TOM-50S W2J190 50¾”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 8.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

Black TOM-50SB W2J176 50¾”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 8.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 3 

White TOM-60S W2M826 63⅟₄”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 10.9 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

Black TOM-60SB W2J810 63⅟₄”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 10.9 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

White TOM-75S W2M827 75⅝”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 13.2 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

Black TOM-75SB W2M828 75⅝”L x 34⅝”D x 41⅟₂”H 13.2 cu. ft. ¾ 3 

Optional top display dry cases (TOMD-H) available in all sizes 

LOW PROFILE 


White TOM-30L W2M829 28”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 6.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

Black TOM-30LB W2M830 28”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 6.1 cu. ft. ⅓ 1 

White TOM-40L W2M831 39”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 8.8 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

Black TOM-40LB W2C815 39”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 8.8 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

White TOM-50L W2M832 50¾”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 11.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

Black TOM-50LB W2C717 50¾”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 11.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

White TOM-60L W2M205 63⅟₄”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 14.7 cu. ft. ¾ 1 

Black TOM-60LB W2M833 63⅟₄”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 14.7 cu. ft. ¾ 1 

White TOM-75L W2M834 75⅝”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 17.7 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Black TOM-75LB W2L584 75⅝”L x 34⅝”D x 45¾”H 17.7 cu. ft. ¾ 2 

Optional top display dry cases (TOMD-H) available in all sizes 


39

REFRIGERATION 

COMBINATION OPEN MERCHANDISERS/DISPLAY CASES 

Features 

• Large evaporators and condensers for faster cooling and balanced temperature 

throughout the cabinet. 

• Attractive glass sided elegant euro design optimize the merchandiser’s display effects of 

fresh salads, sandwiches, desserts and beverages. 






• Front air intake and rear air discharge. 


• Designed to operate in an environment where temperature & humidity do not exceed 

75°F and 55% respectively. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 


Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension NET Capacity (Top/Bottom) Horsepower Number of shelves 

Black TOM-W-40SB W2M835 39⅞”L x 34”D x 56⅟₂”H 4.3/6.4 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

Black TOM-W-50SB W2M836 50⅞”L x 34”D x 56⅟₂”H 5.7/8.5 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 1 

Black TOM-W-60SB W2M837 62⅝”L x 34”D x 56⅟₂”H 7.0/10.7 cu. ft. ¾ 1 

DELI/BAKERY REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASES 

Features 

• Large evaporators and condensers for faster cooling and balanced temperature 

throughout the cabinet. 

• Frameless all sided glass display cases provide full product visibility to optimize display 

effects and increase impulse sales. 

• Curved tempered front glass and sloped rear doors for product access. 


• Independently wires shelf lights. 

• Cantilevered wired shelves adjustable up and down, tilted. 


• 5” casters standard. 

• Refrigerated deli case holds avg. 36°F ~ 38°F for fresher deli products. 

• Designed to operate in an environment where temperature & humidity do not exceed 

75°F and 55% respectively. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 



Black TD-4R W1Z941 47⅜”L x 32⅜”D x 47⅟₄”H 11.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

Black TD-5R W1Z942 59⅟₄”L x 32⅜”D x 47⅟₄”H 12.7 cu. ft. ⅟₂ 2 

40 


REFRIGERATION 

SPECIALTY HORIZONTAL DELI MERCHANDISER 

Features 

• Self-contained merchandiser for beverage, deli, pizza, produce and 

sandwich applications. 

• Large volume three-step display insert brings the product to the customer 

and stimulates impulse sales. 

• Compact size offering maximum display area in minimum floor space. 

• Large front window and sides for increased product visibility. 

• Air curtain design with efficient honeycomb air discharge. 

• Automatic defrost. 

• Electronic controls with digital display. 

• Adjustable temperature control. 

• Type II (80°F and 55% R.H.) certified. 

• Soft, round design featuring as standard a white base with black bumper. 

• Merchandisers are designed for use in stores when temperature and 

humidity do not exceed 80°F and 55% R.H. Case is designed for holding prechilled 

product only. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 

Model # Dimension Horsepower 

SHM-3 36”L x 30⅝”D x 42⅞”H ⅓ 

SHM-4 48”L x 30⅝”D x 42⅞”H ⅓ 

Model shown with the optional 3-sided bumper kit. 

SPECIALTY VERTICAL MERCHANDISER 

Features 

• Self-contained merchandiser for beverage, dairy, deli and produce 

applications. 

• Increased product visibility with narrow canopy. 

• Timer controlled automatic defrost and thermometer. 

• Adjustable temperature control. 

• Soft, round design featuring as standard a white base with black bumper. 

• Merchandisers are designed for use in stores when temperature and 

humidity do not exceed 75°F and 55% R.H. Case is designed for holding prechilled 

product only. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 

Model shown with the optional 3-sided bumper kit. 


GSVM-4060 40”L x 30⅝”D x 60”H ¾ 

GSVM-4072 40”L x 30⅝”D x 72”H ¾ 

GSVM-5272 52”L x 30⅝”D x 72”H ¾ 


41

REFRIGERATION 

MULTI PURPOSE OPEN MERCHANDISERS 

Features 

• Foamed in place CFC free foam. 

• 3 tier step rack. 

• Automatic defrost controlled by time clock. 

• Pressure control maintins constant temperature. 

• Low velocity fans located below deck area (to insure even flow of air). 

• Air screen technology. 

• Merchandisers are designed to operate in an environment of 75 degrees and 

55% relative humidity. 

• Product must be cooled before being displayed within the case. 

• 115/60/1 phase. 


S32E-3 38”L x 30⅟₂”D x 44”H ⅟₂ 

S32E-4 50”L x 30⅟₂”D x 44”H ⅟₂ 

S32E-6 74”L x 30⅟₂”D x 44”H ¾ 

OVATION SERIES DAIRY OPEN MERCHANDISERS 

Features 

• Foamed in place CFC free foam. 

• Automatic defrost controlled by time clock. 

• Pressure control maintins constant temperature. 

• Low velocity fans located below deck area (to insure even flow of air). 

• Air screen technology. 

• Lighting - 1 row at inside top of unit 3 rows of lighted shelves. 

• Merchandisers are designed to operate in an environment of 75 degrees and 

55% relative humidity. 

• Product must be cooled before being displayed within the case. 


SC-OD30E-3-LS 39”L x 30”D x 72”H ⅟₂ 

SC-OD30E-4-LS 51”L x 30”D x 72”H ⅟₂ 

SC-OD30E-6-LS 75”L x 30”D x 72”H ¾ 

SC-OD30E-8-LS 99”L x 30”D x 72”H 1 

42 


REFRIGERATION 

FROZEN NOVELTY FREEZERS 

Features 

• Class 4+ performance (85°F/55% R.H.). 

• Low energy consumption. 

• Adjustable thermostat. 

• Operating temperature of 0°F. 

• Angle top design with Low-e tempered glass lids. 

• Integrated door stop. 

• Pre-painted steel cabinet with injected CFC-free foam insulation. 

• Round exterior edges. 



Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Net Capacity Number of sliding lids Number of baskets 

White NC28-1-W W2M509 28.20”L x 25”D x 36”H 4.7 cu. ft. 2 2 




FROZEN NOVELTY FREEZERS 

Features 

• Flat sliding glass lid - Tempered glass provides a full view of 

stored products. 

• Static cooling system for improved temperature stability; 

temperature range: -5 to 5ºF. 

• Enamel steel interior. 

• UL-S listed to ANSI-NSF standards for use in foodservice 

establishments. 


• 1 year limited warranty. 

Exterior finish Model # Win # Dimension Net Capacity Number of sliding lids Number of baskets 

White SCF694 W2I692 28.50”L x 25.75”D x 36”H 7.4 cu. ft. 2 1 

White SCF1094 W2J409 41.50”L x 25.75”D x 36”H 10.7 cu. ft. 2 1 

White SCF1694 W2K113 59.21”L x 25.75”D x 36”H 15.5 cu. ft. 2 2 

White SCF1894 W2L977 67.09”L x 25.75”D x 36”H 20 cu. ft. 2 2 


43

REFRIGERATION 

UNDERCOUNTER ICE MACHINES 

Features 

• Produces more ice than ever before while using less water and energy. The 

storage bin provides industry leading capacity. 

• Provides feedback with full bin and service indicators. Delay function allows 

you to pause your machine for slow periods or days when you’re closed. 

• Offers a forward-sliding storage bin for easy access to refrigeration 

components without having to move the entire ice machine. Smooth, sealed 

food-zone with removable water trough, distribution tube, and damper door 

for faster cleaning. AlphaSan added to key internal components. 


• 3 year parts/labor warranty (ice maker). 5 year parts/labor warranty 

(evaporator). 5 year parts/3 year labor warranty (compressor). 

Ice production 24 hours 

Model # Win # Dimension 70°Air/50°F Water 90°Air/70°F Water Ice shape 

UR-0140A W2M928 26”L x 19”D x 38⅟₂”H 122 lbs 90 lbs Regular 

UD-0140A W2M739 26”L x 19”D x 38⅟₂”H 129 lbs 95 lbs Dice 

UD-0140W W2M929 26”L x 19”D x 38⅟₂”H 135 lbs 104 lbs Dice 

UY-0140A W2M930 26”L x 19”D x 38⅟₂”H 132 lbs 95 lbs Half-dice 

UY-0140W W2M931 26”L x 19”D x 38⅟₂”H 126 lbs 104 lbs Half-dice 






UD-0240W W2M935 26”L x 28”D x 38⅟₂”H 201 lbs 170 lbs Dice 


UY-0240W W2M937 26”L x 28”D x 38⅟₂”H 212 lbs 170 lbs Half-dice 


Features 

• Durable stainless steel exterior. 

• CycleSaver® Design. 

• EverCheck® alert system. 

• Stainless steel evaporator. 



(evaporator). 5 year parts labor warranty (compressor). 



KM-151BAH W2B272 23¾”L x 28”D x 39”H 146 lbs 121 lbs Crescent 

KM-151BWH W2M938 23¾”L x 28”D x 39”H 146 lbs 130 lbs Crescent 

KM-201BAH W2E064 24”L x 28”D x 39”H 201 lbs 165 lbs Crescent 

KM-201BWH W2M939 24”L x 28”D x 39”H 215 lbs 181 lbs Crescent 

KM-260BAH W2F542 30”L x 28”D x 39”H 263 lbs 200 lbs Crescent 

KM-260BWH W2M940 30”L x 28”D x 39”H 268 lbs 237 lbs Crescent 

44 


REFRIGERATION 


Features 

• Harvest Assist provides consistent ice production for the life of the ice maker 

while reducing energy consumption and increasing capacity. 

• Pure Ice® exclusively by Ice-O-Matic. Built-in antimicrobial protection for the 

life of the ice maker inhibits bacteria growth on ice maker surfaces. 

• Durable, electroless nickel plating on all evaporator plates ensures reliability. 

• Constructed from corrosion-resistant stainless steel and fingerprint-proof 

plastic. 


• 3 year parts/labor warranty (ice maker). 5 year parts warranty (evaporator 

and compressor). 



ICEU150FA W1D823 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 185 lbs 130 lbs Full cube 

ICEU150HA W1D824 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 185 lbs 130 lbs Half cube 

ICEU150FW W1D825 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 180 lbs 140 lbs Full cube 

ICEU150HW W1D826 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 180 lbs 140 lbs Half cube 

ICEU220FA W2I262 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 238 lbs 175 lbs Full cube 

ICEU220HA W2F986 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 238 lbs 175 lbs Half cube 

ICEU220FW W2M941 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 251 lbs 193 lbs Full cube 

ICEU220HW W2M942 24.54”L x 26.27”D x 39”H 251 lbs 193 lbs Half cube 

ICEU300FA W2J385 30.34”L x 29.97”D x 39”H 309 lbs 228 lbs Full cube 

ICEU300HA W2H767 30.34”L x 29.97”D x 39”H 309 lbs 228 lbs Half cube 

ICEU300FW W2M943 30.34”L x 29.97”D x 39”H 356 lbs 296 lbs Full cube 

ICEU300HW W2M944 30.34”L x 29.97”D x 39”H 356 lbs 296 lbs Half cube 


45

REFRIGERATION 

INDIGO SERIES ICE CUBE MACHINES 

Features 

• Intelligent Diagnostics – provide 24 hour preventative maintenance and 

diagnostic feedback for trouble free operation. 

• Acoustical Ice Sensing Probe – for reliable operation in challenging water 

conditions. 

• EasyRead Display – communicates operating status, cleaning reminders, and 

asset information through a blue illuminated display. 

• Programmable Ice Production – by On/Off Time, Ice Volume or Bin Level 

(with accessory bin level control) further improves energy efficiency and 

savings. 

• Easy to Clean Foodzone – Hinged front door swings out for easy access. 

Removable water-trough, distribution tube, curtain, and sensing probes for 

fast and efficient cleaning. Select components made with AlphaSan® 

antimicrobial. 

• DuraTech Exterior – provides superior corrosion resistance. Stainless finish 

with innovative clear-coat resists fingerprints and dirt. 





ID-0302A W2I740 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 16⅟₂”H 310 lbs 225 lbs Dice 

ID-0322A W2J208 22”L x 24⅟₂”D x 21⅟₂”H 335 lbs 225 lbs Dice 


ID-0502A W2K011 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 21⅟₂”H 530 lbs 390 lbs Dice 


ID-0606A W2K155 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 21⅟₂”H 632 lbs 490 lbs Dice 

ID-0906A W2M946 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 26⅟₂”H 874 lbs 664 lbs Dice 

ID-1002A W2L010 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 26⅟₂”H 990 lbs 735 lbs Dice 

ID-1202A W2L013 30”L x 24⅟₂”D x 29⅟₂”H 1,100 lbs 870 lbs Dice 

ID-1402A W2L015 48”L x 24⅟₂”D x 26⅟₂”H 1,500 lbs 1,155 lbs Dice 

ID-1802A W2L019 48”L x 24⅟₂”D x 26⅟₂”H 1,840 lbs 1,430 lbs Dice 

Half dice unit available 

Water-cooled unit available 

Remote unit available 

B-STYLE ICE STORAGE BINS 

Features 

• Soft durometer trim around opening helps silence bin door closing. 

• Convenient stay-open design keeps bin door out of the way while scooping ice. 

• Internal scoop holder stays above ice line for easy access and better sanitation. 

• DuraTech stainless finish exterior is durable, corrosion resistant and attractive. 

• 3 year parts/labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity 

B-170 W2B482 30”L x 29⅟₂”D x 25”H 150 lbs 

B-320 W1Z960 22”L x 34”D x 38”H 210 lbs 

B-400 W1Y272 30”L x 34”D x 38”H 290 lbs 

B-420 W1Y322 22”L x 34”D x 50”H 310 lbs 

B-570 W1Z920 30”L x 34”D x 50”H 430 lbs 

B-970 W1Z850 48”L x 34”D x 50”H 710 lbs 

46 


REFRIGERATION 

MODULAR CRESCENT CUBER 

Features 

• Durable stainless steel exterior. 

• Individual crescent cube. 

• Protected by H-GUARD Plus Antimicrobial Agent. 

• CycleSaver® Design. 

• EverCheck® alert system. 

• Stainless steel evaporator. 





KML-250MAH W1Y133 30”L x 27⅜”D x 22”H 307 lbs 238 lbs Crescent 

KM-320MAH W2A322 22”L x 27⅜”D x 30⁵⁄₁₆”H 325 lbs 278 lbs Crescent 

KML-351MAH W2C780 30”L x 27⅜”D x 22”H 333 lbs 282 lbs Crescent 

KML-451MAH W2E169 30”L x 27⅜”D x 22”H 401 lbs 349 lbs Crescent 

KM-515MAH W2C626 22”L x 27⅜”D x 30⁵⁄₁₆”H 501 lbs 435 lbs Crescent 

KM-600MAH W2F018 22”L x 27⅜”D x 37⁷⁄₁₆”H 592 lbs 503 lbs Crescent 

KML-631MAH W2B791 30”L x 27⅜”D x 26”H 575 lbs 497 lbs Crescent 

KM-650MAH W2G141 22”L x 27⅜”D x 37⁷⁄₁₆”H 661 lbs 562 lbs Crescent 

KM-901MAH W2B882 22”L x 27⅜”D x 37⁷⁄₁₆”H 874 lbs 732 lbs Crescent 

KM-1301SAH W2F987 48”L x 27⅜”D x 27⅜”H 1,329 lbs 1,164 lbs Crescent 

KM-1340MAH W2H382 30”L x 27⅜”D x 41⅟₂”H 1,325 lbs 1,167 lbs Crescent 

KM-1601SAH W2M947 48”L x 27⅜”D x 27⅜”H 1,462 lbs 1,343 lbs Crescent 

KM-1900SAH W2M948 48”L x 27⅜”D x 37⁷⁄₁₆”H 1,867 lbs 1,560 lbs Crescent 



PF/SF SERIES ICE STORAGE BINS 

Features 

• Protected by H-GUARD Plus Antimicrobial Agent. 

• Polyethylene bin liner for sanitary storage. 

• Foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation, in all bin 

walls and bottom, provides dependable ice storage. 

• PF - PVC Coated Galvanized Steel Finish 

• SF - Stainless Steel Finish 

• 3 year parts/labor warranty. 


B-250PF W1E120 30”L x 32⅟₂”D x 33⅜”H 250 lbs 

B-300PF W1E130 22”L x 32⅟₂”D x 46”H 300 lbs 

B-300SF W1E122 22”L x 32⅟₂”D x 46”H 300 lbs 





B-800PF W1S189 48”L x 32⅟₂”D x 46”H 800 lbs 



B-900SF W2J194 52”L x 32⅟₂”D x 46”H 900 lbs 


47

REFRIGERATION 


Features 

• Harvest Assist provides consistent ice production for the life of the ice maker 

while reducing energy consumption and increasing capacity. 

• Pure Ice® exclusively by Ice-O-Matic. Built-in antimicrobial protection for the 

life of the ice maker inhibits bacteria growth on ice maker surfaces. 

• Durable, electroless nickel plating on all evaporator plates ensures reliability. 

• Constructed from corrosion-resistant stainless steel and fingerprint-proof 

plastic. 

• 3 year parts/labor warranty (ice maker). 5 year parts warranty (evaporator 

and compressor). 



ICE0250FA W1D688 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 20”H 336 lbs 253 lbs Full cube 

ICE0250FT ¹ W2H790 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 20”H 353 lbs 244 lbs Full cube 

ICE0320FA W2H768 22.34”L x 24.46”D x 23.18”H 334 lbs 249 lbs Full cube 





ICE0520FA W2H769 22.34”L x 24.46”D x 23.18”H 520 lbs 370 lbs Full cube 

ICE0606FA W1D703 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 20.06”H 650 lbs 530 lbs Full cube 

ICE0606FT ¹ W2H793 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 20.06”H 650 lbs 530 lbs Full cube 

ICE0806FA W1D715 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 20.06”H 897 lbs 666 lbs Full cube 

ICE1006FA W1D720 30.13”L x 24.25”D x 26.06”H 1,000 lbs 760 lbs Full cube 

ICE1406FA W1D727 48.25”L x 24.25”D x 26”H 1,469 lbs 1,136 lbs Full cube 

ICE1806FW ² W1D733 48.25”L x 24.25”D x 26”H 1,832 lbs 1,628 lbs Full cube 

ICE2106FW ² W1D737 48.25”L x 24.25”D x 26”H 1,737 lbs 1,561 lbs Full cube 

Half cube unit available 



¹ Top air discharge 

² Water-cooled only 

B-STYLE ICE STORAGE BINS 

Features 

• Polyethylene bin liner is insulated with foam for maximum ice preservation — 

1.5" to 3“. 

• Perfect-fit seal for improved ice preservation. 

• Rugged, fingerprint-proof door. 

• Built-in ice scoop holders on certain models. 

• Sturdy leg design — 6" (152 mm) adjustable NSF approved legs — standard. 

• Durable stainless finish. 

• Corrosion-proof bin liner. 


B25PP W1D807 30”L x 31”D x 28”H 242 lbs 

B40PS W1D808 30”L x 31”D x 37⅟₂”H 344 lbs 

B42PS W1D809 22”L x 31”D x 50”H 351 lbs 



48 


REFRIGERATION 


49

REFRIGERATION 

C606 

SHAKE AND SOFT SERVE FREEZER 

C717 

SOFT SERVE FREEZER 

Features 

• The Heat Treatment system provides a daily heating and cooling cycle to safely 

maintain dairy products up to two weeks before a complete disassembly and 

cleaning is required. 

• Shake dispensing offer four separate shake flavors: chocolate, vanilla, strawberry 

and an optional flavor. 

• Shake syrup system allows syrups to be dispensed from the original packaging, 

located in the lower front compartment. 

• Soft serve dispensing - Ergonomic draw handle with hidden adjustment screw 

allows the operator to set the proper draw rate. 

• Programmable control - Microprocessor touch controls are embedded in durable 

tempered glass panel. 

• Four compartment syrup rail for sundae toppings; two heated with syrup pumps 

and two room temperature with lids and ladles. 

• Mix Low light and operator enabled audible alarm. 

• Freezing cylinder - Shake side, 7 quart (6.6 liter). Soft serve side, 3.4 quart (3.2 liter). 

• Two 20 quart (18.9 liter) mix hopper refrigerated to maintain mix below 41ºF. 

Features 


maintain dairy products up to two weeks before a complete disassembly and 

cleaning is required. 

• Two 3.4 quart (3.2 liter) freezing cylinder. 

• Two 20 quart (18.9 liter) mix hopper . 

• Digital readout displays number of days until next brush cleaning is required to 

assure product safety. Mix Low light alerts operator to add mix. Audible alarm may 

be enabled to sound when mix is low. 

• Touch Screen Controls - Microprocessor touch controls are embedded in durable 


• During long no-use periods, the standby feature maintains safe product 

temperatures in the mix hopper and freezing cylinder. 

C709 

SOFT SERVE FREEZER 

Features 


maintain dairy products up to two weeks before a complete disassembly and cleaning 

is required. 

• One 3.4 quart (3.2 liter) freezing cylinder. 

• One 20 quart (18.9 liter) mix hopper . 

• Mix Low light alerts operator to add mix. 

• Touch Screen Controls - Microprocessor touch controls are embedded in durable 


• During long no-use periods, the standby feature maintains safe product temperatures 

in the mix hopper and freezing cylinder. 

50 


REFRIGERATION 

MODEL 527 

TWIST SOFT SERVE ICE CREAM/YOGURT MACHINE 

Features 

• Serve two individual flavors as well as a flavor twist. 

• Two independent flavor hoppers and barrels guarantee separation of product and 

flavors. 

• Four - 4 oz. servings per minute per side. 

• 11 Quart capacity. 

• The state of the art solid-state Touch AccuFreeze touch controls insures product 

consistency, worry-free operation and customer satisfaction. 

• Designed and built with the fewest parts to be disassembled, cleaned and sanitized 

than any other machine in the industry. 

MODEL 691 

TWIN FLAVOR COUNTER MODEL SHAKE MACHINE 

Features 

• Serve two individual flavors. 

• Offer two different types of frozen beverages. 

• Three - 12 oz. servings per minute per side. 






MODEL 707 

FROZEN BEVERAGE MACHINE 

Features 

• Single barrel profile has the ability to offer many types of slush beverages 

• 8 gallons per hour. 







51

REFRIGERATION 

COUNTERTOP REFRIGERATED DISPLAY CASES 

Features 

• Top glass angles down. 

• Plate space on top of unit, 5.6 inches. 

• Larger front to back interior, 11 inches. 

• Interior floor has a radius at all four sides. 

• Large diameter upper evaporator with tin plating. 

• Slightly taller doors with plastic seal at end, opposite of the handle. 

• Solid food plates with radius groove to fit sushi foods. 

• Food plates can be turned upside down and used to improve cooling performance. 


• 1 year parts/labor warranty (entire unit). 2 year parts/5 years labor warranty 

(compressor, evaporator, air-cooled condenser). 

Model # Win # Dimension Net Capacity Number of doors 

HNC-120BA-L-S W2E527 47.2”L x 13.6”D x 11”H 1.48 cu. ft. 2 

HNC-120BA-R-S W2E528 47.2”L x 13.6”D x 11”H 1.48 cu. ft. 2 







COUNTERTOP REFRIGERATED DISPLAY 

CASES 

Features 

• 304 stainless steel solid food plates. 

• Exterior body is made from 304 stainless steel material. 

• Larger interior for optimized display effect. 

• Tempered glass doors with durable plastic door handles at chef side. 

• Refrigerator maintains 35°F ~ 41°F for the best in food preservation. 



Model # Win # Dimension Net Capacity Number of doors 

SAKURA-50L W2B874 48⅟₄”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 1.3 cu. ft. 2 

SAKURA-50R W2B877 48⅟₄”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 1.3 cu. ft. 2 

SAKURA-60L W2B878 59¾”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 1.7 cu. ft. 4 

SAKURA-60R W2B879 59¾”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 1.7 cu. ft. 4 

SAKURA-70L W2B880 71⅟₄”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 2.1 cu. ft. 4 

SAKURA-70R W2B881 71⅟₄”L x 14⅛”D x 11⅟₂”H 2.1 cu. ft. 4 

52 


REFRIGERATION 

YOSHIMASA SELF-CONTAINED SUSHI CASES 

Features 

• Mirror-polished stainless steel body, slanted backdoor design. 

• One inch deep pan floor - convenient for food storage. 

• Four upper chrome coated evaporators. 

• Heavy-duty clear plexiglass doors - safer operation. 



YMSC "CURVED GLASS“ SELF-CONTAINED 

SUSHI CASES 

Model # Dimension Number of doors 

YMSC-3L or 3R 36"W x 13"D x 11"H 2 





EICHI "FLAT GLASS" SELF-CONTAINED SUSHI 

CASES 


EICHI-3L or 3R 36"W x 13"D x 11"H 2 





GARASU "WIDE FLAT TOP" SELF-CONTAINED 

SUSHI CASES 


GARASU-3L or 3R 36"W x 13"D x 11"H 2 






53

REFRIGERATION 

WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER 

Quick ship for standard box available. 

For custom size boxes, please contact our sales associates. 

54 


KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 

ULTIMATE 400 SERIES RANGE 

Features 

• 33,000 BTU patented lifetime non-clog burners. 

• Standard battery spark ignition for oven cavities. 

• Metal knobs. 

• 6” stainless legs standard. 

• Factory installed regulator. 

• Standard 22.5” flue riser with heavy duty high shelf. 

• 1 year parts & labor warranty. 

Model 4361D shown 

Model # Dimension Configuration Oven base 

4241E 24⅟₄”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (4) Burners Cabinet 

4361D 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (6) Burners Standard 

4361D-1G 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (4) Burners and 12” griddle Standard 

4361D-2G ¹ 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) Burners and 24” griddle Standard 

436D-3G ¹ 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H 36” griddle Standard 

4481EE 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (8) Burners Dual space saver 

4481EE-2G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (4) Burners and 24” griddle Dual space saver 

4481EE-3G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) Burners and 36” griddle Dual space saver 

448EE-4G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H 48” griddle Dual space saver 

4601DD 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (10) Burners Dual standard 

4601DD-2G ¹ 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (6) Burners and 24” griddle Dual standard 



4601DD-2RR ² 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”H (6) Burners and 24” raised broiler/griddle Dual standard 

¹ Optional thermostatic griddle available 

² Broiler/griddle on right side only 

Optional cabinet base available 

Optional convection oven available 


55


S-SERIES RANGE 

Features 

• 28,000 BTU patented, one-piece, non-clog burner with lifetime warranty. 

• 35,000 BTU oven base with heavy duty burner and all enameled oven cavity. 

• High efficiency snap action thermostat adjustable from 175°F to 550°F. 

• Stainless steel front, sides and legs. 

• 22⅟₂” stainless steel flue riser with heavy duty shelf. 

• 4” stainless steel front rail with closed, welded end caps. 

• Heat resistant, metal knobs and ergonomic handle. 

• Quadrant spring doors. 

• Removable one piece crumb drawer. 

• Available in four sizes: 24”, 36” 48” and 60”. 


Model S36D shown 


S24E 24⅟₄”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (4) Burners Space saver 

S36D 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (6) Burners Standard 

S36D-1G ² 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (4) Burners and 12” griddle Standard 

S36D-2G ¹ 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (2) Burners and 24” griddle Standard 

S36D-3G ¹ 36⅟₂”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D 36” griddle Standard 

S48EE 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (8) Burners Dual space saver 

S48EE-2G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (4) Burners and 24” griddle Dual space saver 

S48EE-3G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (2) Burners and 36” griddle Dual space saver 

S48EE-4G ¹ 48⅝”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D 48” griddle Dual space saver 

S60DD 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (10) Burners Dual standard 

S60DD-2G ¹ 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (6) Burners and 24” griddle Dual standard 



S60DD-2RR ³ 60¾”W x 59⅟₂”D x 34”D (6) Burners and 24” raised broiler/griddle Dual standard 

¹ Optional thermostatic griddle available 

² Griddle on left side only 

³ Broiler/griddle on right side only 

Optional cabinet base available 

Optional convection oven available 

Model S60DD-2RR shown 

Model S24E shown 

56 



ENDURANCE SERIES RESTAURANT RANGE 

Features 

• Fully MIG welded frame. 

• Stainless steel front, sides, backriser, lift-off high shelf. 

• 6" stainless steel adjustable legs. 

• Each burner is 30,000 BTU/hr. with lift-off burner heads. 

• Shrouded flash tube pilot system (one pilot per two burners). 

• Heavy duty cast grates, easy lift-off 12" x 12⅟₂" in front and 12" x 14⅟₂" in the rear. 

• Extra deep pull out crumb tray with welded corners. 

• Oven thermostat adjusts from 250°F to 500°F. 

• Heavy duty cool touch oven door handle. 

• 1" rear gas connection and pressure regulator. 

• 1 year limited parts and labor warranty. 

Model 36S-6B shown 


24S-4B 24”W x 37”D x 58”H (4) Burners Standard 

36C-6B ¹ 36”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners Convection 

36S-6B ¹ 36”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners Standard 

36C-2B24G ² 36”W x 37”D x 58”H (2) Burners and 24” griddle Convection 

36S-2B24G ² 36”W x 37”D x 58”H (2) Burners and 24” griddle Standard 

48C-8B 48”W x 37”D x 58”H (8) Burners Convection 

48S-8B 48”W x 37”D x 58”H (8) Burners Standard 

48SS-8B 48”W x 37”D x 58”H (8) Burners Standard + Standard 





60SC-10B 60”W x 37”D x 58”H (10) Burners Standard + Convection 


60SC-6B24G ² 60”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners and 24” griddle Standard + Convection 

60SS-6B24G ² 60”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners and 24” griddle Standard + Standard 



60SC-6B24GB 60”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners and 24” griddle-broiler Standard + Convection 

60SS-6B24GB 60”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners and 24” griddle-broiler Standard + Standard 

72CC-12B 72”W x 37”D x 58”H (12) Burners Convection + Convection 

72SC-12B 72”W x 37”D x 58”H (12) Burners Standard + Convection 


72CC-6B36G ² 72”W x 37”D x 58”H (6) Burners and 36” griddle Convection + Convection 



72CC-8B24G ² 72”W x 37”D x 58”H (8) Burners and 24” griddle Convection + Convection 



¹ Optional pilot push button ignition available 

² Optional thermostatic griddle available 


57


G-SERIES RESTAURANT RANGE 

Features 

• Stainless steel front and sides. 

• Stainless steel 5” plate rail. 

• Stainless steel backguard, w/removable stainless steel shelf. 

• 12” section stamped drip trays w/dimpled bottom. 

• 6” adjustable stainless steel legs. 

• 33,000 BTU 2 piece cast iron Starfire-Pro open top burner. 

• Snap action modulating oven thermostat low to 500°F. 

• Strong, keep-cool oven door handle. 

Model G60-6R24RR shown 


G24-4L 23⅝”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (4) Burners Space saver 

G24-2G12L 23⅝”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 12” griddle Space saver 

G24-G24L 23⅝”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 24” griddle Space saver 

G36-6R ¹ 36”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (6) Burners Standard 

G36-2G24R ¹ 36”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 24” griddle Standard 

G36-4G12R ¹ 36”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (4) Burners and 12” griddle Standard 

G36-G36R ¹ 36”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 36” griddle Standard 

G48-8RS ¹ 47⅟₄”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (8) Burners Standard + Storage 

G48-2G36LL 47⅟₄”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 36” griddle Space saver + Space saver 

G48-2G36RS ¹ 47⅟₄”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 36” griddle Standard + Storage 





G48-G48LL 47⅟₄”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 48” griddle Space saver + Space saver 

G48-G48RS ¹ 47⅟₄”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 48” griddle Standard + Storage 

G60-10RR ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (10) Burners Standard + Standard 

G60-10RS ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (10) Burners Standard + Storage 

G60-2G48RR ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 48” griddle Standard + Standard 

G60-2G48RS ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H (2) Burners and 48” griddle Standard + Storage 







G60-G60RR ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 60” griddle Standard + Standard 

G60-G60RS ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 60” griddle Standard + Storage 

G60-6R24RR ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 60” griddle Standard + Standard 

G60-6R24RS ¹ 59¹⁄₁₆”W x 34⅟₂”D x 57”H 60” griddle Standard + Storage 

¹ Optional convection oven available 

Optional storage base available for all unit 

58 



RADIANCE HEAVY DUTY RESTAURANT RANGE 

Features 

• Heavy gauge welded frame construction. 

• Stainless steel front, sides, back riser lift-off high shelf. 

• Individual pilot for each lift off top open burner at 32,000 BTU. 

• 6” stainless steel adjustable legs. 

• Full size pull out crumb tray. 

• 26³⁄₁₀” depth stainless steel interior oven standard. 

• Oven thermostat adjustable from 250°F to 550°F. 


Model TAR-8 shown 

Model # Dimension Configuration Number of oven 

TAR-4 24”W x 32”D x 56⅟₂”H (4) Burners 1 standard oven 


TARG-12G4B ¹ 36”W x 32”D x 56⅟₂”H (4) Burners and 12” griddle 1 standard oven 

TARG-4B12G ² 36”W x 32”D x 56⅟₂”H (4) Burners and 12” griddle 1 standard oven 

















¹ Griddle on left side 

² Griddle on right side 


59


STOCK POT RANGE 

Features 

• Burner valves for easy temperature control. 

• Stainless steel manifold shield for easy cleaning. 

• Overall height 17” is available to place stock pot. Top grate is completely removable for 

easy cleaning. 

• Drip tray included. 

• Heavy-duty material and all welded construction. 

• Sturdy adjustable legs. 

Model # Win # Dimension # of burners Total BTU Gas connection 

WC-10 W1S365 24”W x 12”D x 12”H 2 32,000 1” 

WC-10F W2L360 24”W x 12”D x 36”H 2 32,000 1” 

WC-20 W1S366 24”W x 24”D x 12”H 4 64,000 1” 

WC-20F W2L361 24”W x 24”D x 36”H 4 64,000 1” 

WC-30 W1S367 24”W x 36”D x 12”H 6 96,000 1” 

WC-30F W2N023 24”W x 36”D x 36”H 6 96,000 1” 

WS-10 W1S363 18”W x 18”D x 16⅟₄”H 1 35,000 ¾” 

WS-20 W1S364 18”W x 36”D x 16⅟₄”H 2 70,000 ¾” 

WS-20W W2L359 36”W x 21”D x 16⅟₄”H 2 70,000 ¾” 

RADIANCE HEAVY DUTY STOCK POT RANGE 

Features 

• High quality stainless steel front and sides. 

• Cast-iron 3 ring burner with 2 control knob. 

• High performance 79,000 BTU/hr. 

• Removable 21” x 18” heavy cast-iron top grates. 

• Removable full width grease pan. 

• Ergonomically designed heat resistant PPS On-Off Knob. 

• Adjustable stainless steel standing pilot for each burner. 

• ¾” rear gas connection and gas pressure regulator. 

• 6” stainless steel legs included. 

• Available in 24” high and 18” high. 

• One year limited parts and labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension # of burners Total BTU Gas connection 

TASP-18 W2G560 18”W x 21”D x 24”H 1 79,000 ¾” 

TASP-18S W2B811 18”W x 21”D x 18”H 1 79,000 ¾” 

60 



CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Patented, high efficiency, non-clog Inshot burners. 

• Available standard and bakery depths. 

• Stainless steel front, sides, top. 

• Stainless steel rear jacket (G-series). 

• Coved, fastener-free, porcelain interior. 

• Stay cool heavy duty door handle. 

• Soft Air, two speed, ⅟₂ hp, fan motor. 

• Electronic ignition with solid state temperature controls. 

• Forced cool down fan mode. 

• Interior oven lights. 

• 140°F to 500°F solid state thermostat and 60 minute mechanical cook timer (SC- 

Standard Controls). 

• 150°F to 500°F temperature controller with 140°F to 200°F “Hold” thermostat. Dual 

digital display shows time and temperature. A fan cycle timer pulses the fan. (CCH- 

Cycle/Cook & Hold Control). 


Model SLGS/22SC shown 

G-Series 

Model # Win # Dimension Configuration Total BTU 

GH/10CCH W1D086 30”W x 29¹³⁄₂₀”D x 33”H Single deck/Half size 30,000 

GH/10SC W1D085 30”W x 29¹³⁄₂₀”D x 33”H Single deck/Half size 30,000 

GB/15CCH W1D037 38”W x 45¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 90,000 

GB/15SC W1D035 38”W x 45¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 90,000 

GS/15CCH W1D036 38”W x 39⅟₄”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 90,000 

GS/15SC W1D034 38”W x 39⅟₄”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 90,000 

GH/20CCH W1D090 30”W x 29¹³⁄₂₀”D x 64”H Double deck/Half size 60,000 

GH/20SC W1D089 30”W x 29¹³⁄₂₀”D x 64”H Double deck/Half size 60,000 

GB/25CCH W1D045 38”W x 45¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 180,000 

GB/25SC W1D043 38”W x 45¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 180,000 

GS/25CCH W1D044 38”W x 39⅟₄”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 180,000 

GS/25SC W1D042 38”W x 39⅟₄”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 180,000 

SL-Series 


SLGB/12CCH W1D013 38”W x 37¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 72,000 

SLGB/12SC W1D011 38”W x 37¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 72,000 

SLGS/12CCH W1D012 38”W x 37¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 72,000 

SLGS/12SC W1D010 38”W x 37¾”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 72,000 

SLGB/22CCH W1D017 38”W x 37¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 144,000 

SLGB/22SC W1D015 38”W x 37¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 144,000 

SLGS/22CCH W1D016 38”W x 37¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 144,000 

SLGS/22SC W1D014 38”W x 37¾”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 144,000 

B-Series 


BGS/12SC W1Y352 38”W x 38⅟₂”D x 55”H Single deck/Full size 54,000 

BGS/22SC W1Y354 38”W x 38⅟₂”D x 64¾”H Double deck/Full size 108,000 


61


XCEL SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Welded full angle-iron frame. 

• Rigid mineral fiber insulation at top, back, sides and bottom. 

• Stainless steel front, top and sides. 

• Double-sided porcelainized baking compartment liner (14 gauge) with coved 

corners. 

• Dual Flow Gas system combines direct and indirect heat. 

• Electronic spark ignition control system. 

• Long life inshot burners. 

• Toggle switch to select either 60,000 BTU or 80,000 BTU input. 

• Solid state thermostat with temperature control range of 150°F to 550°F. 

• Two speed, ¾ horsepower, convection motor with automatic thermal overload 

protection. 

• Control area cooling fan. 

• Two year oven parts and one year labor warranty. 

• Five year limited oven door warranty. 

Model # Dimension Configuration Total BTU 

DFG-100XCEL SINGL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size 80,000 

DFG-100XCEL DOUBL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size 160,000 

PREMIUM SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Full angle-iron frame. 

• Stainless steel front, top and sides. 

• Dual pane thermal glass windows encased in stainless steel door frames. 

• Solid mineral fiber insulation at top, back, sides and bottom. 

• Double-sided porcelainized baking compartment liner. 




• Two speed, ⅓ horsepower, blower motor with automatic thermal overload 

protection. 


• Two year oven parts and one year labor warranty. 

• Five year limited oven door warranty. 


DFG-50 SINGLE 30⅟₄”W x 25⅛”D x 35⁴⁄₅”H Single deck/Half size 27,500 

DFG-50 DOUBLE 30⅟₄”W x 25⅛”D x 68²²⁄₂₅”H Double deck/Half size 55,000 

DFG-100 SINGLE 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size 55,000 

DFG-100 DOUBLE 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size 110,000 

DFG-200 SINGLE ¹ 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size 60,000 

DFG-200 DOUBLE ¹ 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size 120,000 

¹ Extra depth baking compartment 

62 



ZEPHAIRE SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 


• Stainless steel front, top, sides and legs. 

• Double-sided porcelainized baking compartment liner (14 gauge). 



• Removable dual tube burners. 



protection. 


• One year oven parts and one year labor warranty. 

• Three year limited oven door warranty. 

Model shown on optional casters 


ZEPH240GPLUSSNGL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size/Standard depth 50,000 

ZEPH240GPLUSDBL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size/Standard depth 100,000 

ZEPHAIREGPLUSSGL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size/Bakery depth 60,000 

ZEPHAIREGPLUSDBL 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size/Bakery depth 120,000 

SHO ECONOMY SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 


• Stainless steel front, top, sides and legs. 

• Double-sided porcelainized baking compartment liner (14 gauge). 



• Removable dual tube burners. 



protection. 


• One year oven parts and one year labor warranty. 


SHO-G SINGLE 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 57”H Single deck/Full size 50,000 

SHO-G DOUBLE 38⅟₄”W x 36⅞”D x 70⁷⁄₁₁”H Double deck/Full size 100,000 


63


VC-SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Stainless steel front, top, sides. 

• Painted legs. 

• Independently operated stainless steel doors with double pane windows. 

• Electronic spark igniter. 

• ⅟₂ hp two speed oven blower-motor. 

• Oven cool switch for rapid cool down. 

• Porcelain enamel on steel oven interior. 

• Solid state temperature controls adjust from 150° to 500°F. 60 minute timer with 

audible alarm (model with suffix “D”). 

• Computer controls with digital time and temperature readouts. 99-hour timer 

with audible alarm. Roast and Hold cycle. One hundred programmable menu 

selections. Shelf I.D. programming (model with suffix “C”). 



VC4GC 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 56¾”H Single deck/Full size/Standard depth 44,000 

VC4GD 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 56¾”H Single deck/Full size/Standard depth 44,000 

VC44GC 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 70”H Double deck/Full size/Standard depth 88,000 

VC44GD 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 70”H Double deck/Full size/Standard depth 88,000 

VC6GC 40⅟₄”W x 41¾”D x 56¾”H Single deck/Full size/Bakery depth 44,000 

VC6GD 40⅟₄”W x 41¾”D x 56¾”H Single deck/Full size/Bakery depth 44,000 

VC66GC 40⅟₄”W x 41¾”D x 70”H Double deck/Full size/Bakery depth 88,000 

VC66GD 40⅟₄”W x 41¾”D x 70”H Double deck/Full size/Bakery depth 88,000 

SG4-SERIES CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Stainless steel front, top, sides. 

• Painted legs. 

• Independently operated stainless steel doors with double pane windows. 

• Electronic spark igniter. 

• ⅟₂ hp two speed oven blower-motor. 

• Porcelain coated enamelled steel. 

• Solid state temperature controls adjust from 150° to 500°F. 

• 60 minute timer with audible alarm. 

• Gentle bake mode selector switch. 


Model shown on optional casters 


SG4 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 56¾”H Single deck/Full size 60,000 

SG44 40⅟₄”W x 37¾”D x 70”H Double deck/Full size 120,000 

64 



COMPACT COUNTERTOP CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Advance airflow design with patented baffle. 

• Heavy-duty squirrel cage fan moves more air in less time. 

• Manual time (60 minute) and temperature (175°F to 500°F) control. 

• Dura-body heavy duty stainless steel construction. 

• High temperature ball-bearing motor. 

• “Cool-touch” double wall glass door. 

• Two year limited warranty (90 days on gasket & lights; 30 days on glass, one year 

on motor). 

Model # Dimension Sheet pan capacity Electrical 

OV-003 18⅞”W x 21⅟₂”D x 15¾”H (3) Quarter size 120V/1,450 watt 

OV-013 23⅝”W x 23¾”D x 15¾”H (3) Half size 120V/1,450 watt 

OV-023 23⅝”W x 23¾”D x 18⅝”H (4) Half size 208-240V/2,700 watt 

HEAVY-DUTY COUNTERTOP CONVECTION OVEN 

Features 

• Advance airflow design with patented baffle. 

• Heavy-duty squirrel cage fan moves more air in less time. 

• Manual time (60 minute) and temperature (175°F to 500°F) control (manual 

model). 

• Digital (10 hour or continuous on) timer and temperature (175°F to 500°F) 

control digital model). 

• Dura-body heavy duty stainless steel construction. 

• High temperature motor bearing. 

• “Cool-touch” double wall glass door. 

• Two year limited warranty (90 days on gasket & lights; 30 days on glass, one 

year on motor). 

Manual model 


XAF-103 18⁵⁄₁₆”W x 22³⁄₁₆”D x 16⅞”H (3) Quarter size 120V/1,450 watt 

XAF-113 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 16⅞”H (3) Half size 120V/1,450 watt 

XAF-133 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 20”H (4) Half size 208-240V/2,700 watt 

XAF-183 31⅟₂”W x 32”D x 19⅞”H (3) Full size 208-240V/4,600 watt 

XAF-193 31⅟₂”W x 32”D x 23”H (4) Full size 208-240V/5,600 watt 

Digital model 


XAFT-111 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 16⅞”H (3) Half size 120V/1,450 watt 

XAFT-115 ¹ 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 16⅞”H (3) Half size 208-240V/2,700 watt 

XAFT-130 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 20”H (4) Half size 208-240V/2,700 watt 

XAFT-135 ¹ 23⅝”W x 28⅛”D x 20”H (4) Half size 208-240V/2,700 watt 

XAFT-188 ¹ 31⅟₂”W x 32”D x 19⅞”H (3) Full size 208-240V/4,600 watt 

XAFT-195 ¹ 31⅟₂”W x 32”D x 23”H (4) Full size 208-240V/5,600 watt 

¹ Unit with humidity control 


65


COMBI OVEN 

Model XAV 1605P-208 shown 

Features 

• Convection cooking (ChefTop model)/baking (BakerTop model) from 86°F - 500°F. 

• Mixed steam and convection cooking (ChefTop model)/baking (BakerTop model) 118°F 

- 500°F, with STEAM.Maxi settings 10% to 90%. 

• Steaming 118°F - 266°F with STEAM.Maxi technology. 

• Dry air cooking (ChefTop model)/baking (BakerTop model) 86°F - 500°F with 

DRY.Maxi technology, with settings between 10% to 100%. 

• Maximum pre-heating temperature is 572°F. 

• Rounded-edge stainless steel AISI304 cavity. 

• Cavity lighting through external LED lights. 

• Steam-proof sealed ChefTouch control panel (ChefTop model). 

• Steam-proof sealed BakerTouch control panel (BakerTop model). 

• Door drip pan, for continuous drainage, even when the door is open. 

• High capacity drip pan connectable to appliance drain. 

• Proximity door contact switch. 

• Self-diagnostic system. 

• Safety temperature switch. 

• Accessible internal glass, for ease of cleaning. 

• Stainless steel/C-shaped rack rails with notched recesses for easy loading. 

ChefTop 


XAV 605P-208 ¹ 33⅞”W x 35⅝”D x 35⁷⁄₁₆”H (6) Full size 208V/15,400 watt 

XAV 805P-208 ¹ 33⅞”W x 35⅝”D x 48”H (10) Full size 208V/23,100 watt 

XAV 905P-208 ¹ ² 34⅛”W x 39⁵⁄₁₆”D x 73⁵⁄₁₆”H (16) Full size 208V/38,500 watt 

XAV 1605P-208 ¹ ² ³ 34⅛”W x 48¾”D x 73⁵⁄₁₆”H (16) Full size 208V/15,400 watt 

¹ 240v unit available 

² left-to-right door opening available 

³ trolley included 

BakerTop 


XAB 885P 33⅞”W x 35⅝”D x 48”H (8) Full size 208-240V/17,600 – 23,100 watt 

XAB 985P ¹ 34⅛”W x 39⁵⁄₁₆”D x 73⁵⁄₁₆”H (16) Full size 208-240V/29,300 – 38,400 watt 

XAV 1685P ¹ ² 34⅛”W x 48¾”D x 73⁵⁄₁₆”H (16) Full size 208-240V/29,300 – 38,400 watt 

¹ Left-to-right door opening available 

² Trolley included 

What is combi oven? 

A combi oven (or combi steamer) is a professional cooking appliance that combines the functionality 

of a convection oven and a steam cooker. That is, it can produce dry heat, moist heat or a 

combination of the two at various temperatures. The appliance is therefore fit for many culinary 

applications, including baking, roasting, grilling, steaming, braising, blanching and poaching. The 

advantages of this technology are short cooking times and a gentle preparation method, both of 

which lead to enhanced vitamin and nutritional preservation when compared to traditional cooking 

methods. 

66 



BCM SERIES COMBI OVEN 

Features 

• Multiple cooking modes include hot air, combi 1 (30-40% steam), combi 2 (60- 

80% steam), retherming, steaming, low-temperature steaming, forced steam, 

and preheating. 

• Injection steam system - water is injected onto the heating elements, the 

resulting steam is distributed in the oven chamber by the fan wheel (broilerless 

model). 

• 85°- 480°F temperature range, 575°F preheating. 

• Control stores up to 50 recipe programs with 10 cooking stages each. 

• Reversible 9 speed fan for optimum baking and roasting results. 

• Programmable time delay start. 

• One year parts and labor oven warranty. 

Model BLCM-102E shown on optional 

stand with wire shelf and adjustable feet 

Model # Dimension Capacity (2⅟₂” deep hotel pan) Electrical 

BLCM-23E 20.2”W x 24.61”D x 27.09”H (4) ⅔ size 208V/5.4 kw 

BLCM-6E 20.2”W x 31.69”D x 27.09”H (4) Full size 208V/6.95 kw 

BLCM-10E 20.2”W x 32.13”D x 34.96”H (6) Full size 208V/10.4 kw 

BLCM-23-23E 24.8”W x 27.87”D x 67.83”H (4) ⅔ size + (4) ⅔ size 208V/5.4 kw + 208V/5.4 kw 

BLCM-6-6E 24.8”W x 34.96”D x 67.83”H (4) Full size + (4) Full size 208V/6.9 kw + 208V/6.9 kw 

BLCM-6-10E 24.8”W x 34.96”D x 75.71”H (4) Full size + (6) Full size 208V/6.95 kw + 208V/10.4 kw 

BLCM-61E ² ⁴ 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 31.3”H (5) Full size 208V/9 kw 

BLCM-101E ² ⁴ 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 47.57”H (8) Full size 208V/18 kw 

BLCM-61-61E ² 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 69.76”H (5) Full size + (5) Full size 208V/9 kw + 208V/9 kw 

BLCM-61-101E ² 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 80”H (5) Full size + (8) Full size 208V/9 kw + 208V/18 kw 

BCM-61E ¹ ² ³ 35.34”W x 32.75”D x 31.3”H (5) Full size 208V/9 kw 

BCM-101E ¹ ² ³ 35.34”W x 32.75”D x 41.57”H (8) Full size 208V/18 kw 

BCM-61-61E ³ 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 69.76”H (5) Full size + (5) Full size 208V/9 kw + 208V/9 kw 

BCM-61-101E ³ 35.39”W x 32.72”D x 80”H (5) Full size + (8) Full size 208V/9 kw + 208V/18 kw 

BCM-62E ³ 44.17”W x 37.44”D x 31.3”H (10) Full size 208V/21 kw 

BCM-62-62E ³ 44.17”W x 37.44”D x 69.76”H (20) Full size 208V/21 kw + 208V/21 kw 

BLCM-62E ⁴ 44.17”W x 37.44”D x 69.76”H (10) Full size 208V/21 kw 

BLCM-102E ⁴ 44.21”W x 37.47”D x 59.72”H (16) Full size 208V/27 kw 

BCM-102E ³ ⁴ 44.21”W x 37.47”D x 59.72”H (16) Full size 208V/27 kw 

¹ Pass-through unit available 

² Unit with Automated CombiWash, closed circuit cleaning system 

³ Unit with broiler 

⁴ Gas unit available 

Optional programmable control or touchscreen control available 

Boilerless vs Boiler 

When considering adding a combi oven-steamer to your kitchen one of the first decisions to make is whether to go 

with an internal steam generator or a boilerless model. The answer lies in how you plan to use your combi oven. 

• Boilerless models use a steam injection system. Water is injected onto either the heating elements (electric 

models) or heat exchanger (gas models). The resulting steam is distributed into the oven chamber by a fan wheel. 

Producing steam in a boilerless combi is very efficient. Boilerless combi ovens are an excellent choice for 

applications that do not require heavy loads and frequent cooking in steam mode. 

• No surprise, boiler based models product steam through an internal steam generation system. These ovens are 

capable of producing steam quickly and are ideal for applications that require high volume steam cooking. Water 

is connected directly to the generator which produces steam and sends it into the oven cavity. Quick recovery 

even after heavy steam loads is a huge benefit of using a combi with an internal steam generation system. 


67


SELFCOOKINGCENTER® WHITEFFICIENCY® COMBI OVEN 

Features 

• 7 automatic operating modes, the unit's process automatically detects product-specific 

requirements, the size of the food to be cooked and the load size. Cooking time, temperature 

and the ideal cooking cabinet climate are continuously adjusted to achieve the result you 

want. The estimated remaining cooking time is displayed. 

• Combi-Steamer mode: steam between 85 - 265°F, hot-air from 85 - 575°F, combination of 

steam and hot-air 85 - 575°F. 

• Patented HiDensityControl® distribution of the energy in the cooking cabinet. 

• Efficient LevelControl® ELC® mixed loads with individual rack monitoring and load-specific 

time adjustment for every rack. 

• CareControl intelligent cleaning and care system. 

• Self-teaching operation, automatically adapts to actual usage. 

• Cool-down function for fast cabinet fan cooling. 

• High-performance, fresh-steam generator with automatic descaling. 

• Humidification variable in 3 stages from 85 - 525°F in hot-air or combination modes. 

Model SCC WE 202 E shown 

Model # Dimension Capacity (hotel pan) Configuration Electrical 

SCC WE 61 E 33⅟₄”W x 30⅜”D x 30¾”H (6) Full size Half size 208V/11.1 kw 

SCC WE 101 E 33⅟₄”W x 30⅜”D x 41”H (10) Full size Half size 208V/19 kw 

SCC WE 201 E 34⅟₂”W x 31⅛”D x 70⅟₄”H (20) Full size Half size 208V/37.5 kw 

SCC WE 62 E 42”W x 38⅟₄”D x 30¾”H (12) Full size Full size 208V/22.5 kw 

SCC WE 102 E 42”W x 38⅟₄”D x 41”H (20) Full size Full size 208V/37 kw 

SCC WE 202 E 42⅟₂”W x 39⅛”D x 70⅟₄”H (40) Full size Full size 208V/68 kw 

Gas unit available 

COMBIMASTER® PLUS COMBI OVEN 

Features 

• Climate management - humidity measurement, 5-stage setting and regulation. 

• Combi-Steamer mode: steam between 85 - 265°F, hot-air from 85 - 575°F, combination of 

steam and hot-air 85 - 575°F. 

• Diagnostic system with automatic service notices displayed. 

• 5 fan air speeds, programmable. 

• Cool-down function for fast cabinet fan cooling. 

• High-performance fresh steam generator. 

• Seamless hygienic cooking cabinet with rounded corners. 

Model STEAMER CM P101E P shown 

Model # Dimension Capacity (hotel pan) Configuration Electrical 

STEAMER CM P61E 33⅟₄”W x 30⅜”D x 30¾”H (6) Full size Half size 208V/11.1 kw 

STEAMER CM P101E 33⅟₄”W x 30⅜”D x 41”H (10) Full size Half size 208V/19 kw 

STEAMER CM P201E 34⅟₂”W x 31⅛”D x 70⅟₄”H (20) Full size Half size 208V/37.5 kw 

STEAMER CM P62E 42”W x 38⅟₄”D x 30¾”H (12) Full size Full size 208V/22.5 kw 

STEAMER CM P102E 42”W x 38⅟₄”D x 41”H (20) Full size Full size 208V/37 kw 

STEAMER CM P202E 42⅟₂”W x 39⅛”D x 70⅟₄”H (40) Full size Full size 208V/68 kw 

Gas unit available 

68 



SOLSTICE GAS (SG) SERIES FRYER 

Features 

• Tank - mild steel construction. 

• Cabinet - stainless front, door and sides. 

• Solstice Burner Technology, No blower or ceramics. 

• Millivolt Thermostat (T-Stat) 200°F - 400°F. 

• Themo-Safety pilot with built in regulator. 

• High Temperature safety limit switch. 

• Separate Manual gas shutoffs, for front servicing. 

• Integrated flue deflector. 

• 9” adjustable legs, easier access to clean. 

• Ten year tank warranty. 

Model # Dimension Frying area Oil capacity BTU 

SG14 ⁴ 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 110,000 

SG14-S ¹ 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 110,000 

SG14-SS ² 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 110,000 

SG14R ⁴ 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 122,000 

SG14R-S ¹ ³ 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 122,000 

SG14R-SS ² ³ 15⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 122,000 

SG18 ⁴ 19⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 18” x 18” 70 - 90 lbs 140,000 

SG18-S ¹ 19⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 18” x 18” 70 - 90 lbs 140,000 

SG18-SS ² 19⅝”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H 18” x 18” 70 - 90 lbs 140,000 

¹ Stainless steel tank, door and front 

² Stainless steel tank and exterior 

³ High power unit 

⁴ Stand alone only. Millivolt control only. Not available with Filter Drawer filtration system or in a battery. 

Optional solid state T-Stat (SSTC) (w/melt cycle & boil out mode) available 

Optional digital controller (2 timers w/melt cycle) available 

Optional Intellifry I-12 computer (12 elastic timers w/melt cycle & boil out) available 

Optional BNB dump station available 


69


ECONOMY TUBE FIRED GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Welded tank with an extra smooth peened finish ensures easy cleaning. 

• Long-lasting, high-temperature alloy stainless steel heat baffles are mounted in the heat 

exchanger tubes to provide maximum heating and combustion efficiency. 

• Thermostat maintains selected temperature automatically between 200°F - 400°F. 

• Cabinet - stainless steel front, door. 

• Galvanized sides and back. 

• Tank - mild steel with stainless front. 

• Stainless steel tank, stainless steel front, door, sides and back (model 40DSS). 

• 6” adjustable legs. 


35C+ 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 35 - 40 lbs 90,000 

35C+S ¹ 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 35 - 40 lbs 90,000 

35C+SS ² 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 35 - 40 lbs 90,000 

45C+ 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 42 - 50 lbs 122,000 

45C+S ¹ 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 42 - 50 lbs 122,000 

45C+SS ² 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 42 - 50 lbs 122,000 

65C+ 20⁵⁄₃₂”W x 34⁷⁄₁₆”D x 47¹³⁄₃₂”H 18” x 18” 65 - 80 lbs 150,000 

65C+S ¹ 20⁵⁄₃₂”W x 34⁷⁄₁₆”D x 47¹³⁄₃₂”H 18” x 18” 65 - 80 lbs 150,000 

65C+SS ² 20⁵⁄₃₂”W x 34⁷⁄₁₆”D x 47¹³⁄₃₂”H 18” x 18” 65 - 80 lbs 150,000 

40DSS ² 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 115,000 

88 ² 15⅛”W x 30⁹⁄₃₂”D x47⁹⁄₃₂”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 115,000 

¹ Stainless steel tank, door and front 

² Stainless steel tank and exterior 

VALUE PRICED FRYER 

Features 

• The first ever ENERGY STAR® qualified value priced fryer. 

• Tank-stainless steel. 

• Cabinet - stainless front, door and sides. 

• Thermostat maintains selected temperature automatically between 200°F - 400°F. 

• Solstice burner/baffle design. 

• One built-in flue deflector. 



VF35 14”W x 32”D x46⅛”H 14” x 13⅝” 35 lbs 70,000 

70 



FILTER DRAWER (FD) AND SYSTEM 

SOLSTICE MODELS 

Features 

• Any combination of models SG14, SG14R, SG14T, SG18 and BNB are 

available. 

• Welded heavy-duty stainless steel filter pan mounted on two rigid 

casters for easy pan alignment and removal. 

• ⅓ HP heavy duty motor and pump assembly. 

• Large filter media area for filtering heavily breaded products. 

• Up to 6 models per filter. Standard filter location is on the left. 


2-SG14 S/FD 31⅟₄”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (2) 14” x 14” (2) 40 - 50 lbs 220,000 

2-SG14R S/FD ¹ 31⅟₄”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (2) 14” x 14” (2) 40 - 50 lbs 244,000 

2-SG18 S/FD 39⅟₄”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (2) 18” x 18” (2) 70 - 90 lbs 280,000 

3-SG14 S/FD 46⅞”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (3) 14” x 14” (3) 40 - 50 lbs 330,000 

3-SG14R S/FD ¹ 46⅞”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (3) 14” x 14” (3) 40 - 50 lbs 366,000 

3-SG18 S/FD 46⅞”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (3) 18” x 18” (3) 70 - 90 lbs 420,000 

4-SG14 S/FD 62⅟₂”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (4) 14” x 14” (4) 40 - 50 lbs 440,000 

4-SG14R S/FD ¹ 62⅟₂”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (4) 14” x 14” (4) 40 - 50 lbs 488,000 

4-SG18 S/FD 62⅟₂”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (4) 18” x 18” (4) 70 - 90 lbs 560,000 

5-SG14 S/FD 78⅛”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (5) 14” x 14” (5) 40 - 50 lbs 550,000 

5-SG14R S/FD ¹ 78⅛”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (5) 14” x 14” (5) 40 - 50 lbs 610,000 

5-SG18 S/FD 78⅛”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (5) 18” x 18” (5) 70 - 90 lbs 700,000 

6-SG14 S/FD 93¾”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (6) 14” x 14” (6) 40 - 50 lbs 660,000 

6-SG14R S/FD ¹ 93¾”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (6) 14” x 14” (6) 40 - 50 lbs 732,000 

6-SG18 S/FD 93¾”W x 34¹⁵⁄₃₂”D x 46⅛”H (6) 18” x 18” (6) 70 - 90 lbs 840,000 

¹ High power unit 

Optional solid state T-Stat (SSTC) (w/melt cycle & boil out mode) available 

Optional digital controller (2 timers w/melt cycle) available 

Optional Intellifry I-12 computer (12 elastic timers w/melt cycle & boil out) available 


71


LG SERIES FREE STANDING ENTRY LEVEL GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Stainless steel fry tank. 

• Large “V” shaped cold zone area. 

• G90 high grade galvanized non corrosive finish sides and back. 

• Behind the door snap action millivolt thermostat control adjusts from 200° to 400°F with 

standing pilot. 

• Hi-limit shut-off protector shuts off gas combination valve and standing pilot. 

• Built in flue deflector. 

• One year warranty, five year limited tank warranty. 


LG300 15⅟₂”W x 29⅟₂”D x 47⅝”H 14” x 14” 35 - 40 lbs 90,000 

LG400 15⅟₂”W x 29⅟₂”D x 47⅝”H 14” x 14” 40 - 50 lbs 120,000 

LG500 21”W x 29⅟₂”D x 47⅝”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 150,000 

GR SERIES FREESTANDING GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Stainless steel fry tank. 

• Large ”V” shaped cold zone area. 

• 1¼" full port ball type drain valve. 

• Stainless steel cabinet. 

• Set of four 6" adjustable casters. 

• Behind the door snap action millivolt thermostat control adjusts from 200° to 400°F with 

standing pilot. 

• Both Fahrenheit and Celsius scales. 

• Millivolt System - Requires no electric hook-up. 

• Hi-limit shut-off protector shuts off gas combination valve and standing pilot. 

• Built in flue deflector. 

• One year limited parts and labor warranty, ten year limited fry tank warranty. 


1GR35M 15⅟₂”W x 30⅟₄”D x 47⅛”H 14” x 14” 35 - 40 lbs 90,000 

1GR45M 15⅟₂”W x 30⅟₄”D x 47⅛”H 14” x 14” 45 - 50 lbs 120,000 

1GR65M 21”W x 30⅛”D x 47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 150,000 

1GR85M 21”W x 34⅟₂”D x 47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 18” 85 - 90 lbs 150,000 

72 



POWERFRY VK SERIES GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Maintains idle temperature setting with only 4,251 BTU/hr. to save energy. 

• Energy saving SoftStart ignition system extends oil life while requiring lower BTU’s. 

• Energy efficient FivePass heat transfer system yielding 66% cooking and 78% thermal 

efficiency. 

• Stainless steel fry tank, includes 10 year limited tank warranty. 


• Set of four 6" adjustable (2 locking) casters. 

• Twin fry baskets with plastic coated handles. 

• Hi-limit shut-off. 

• Electronic matchless ignition. 



1VK45A ¹ 15⅟₂”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 14” x 14” 45 - 50 lbs 70,000 

1VK65A ¹ 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 80,000 

1VK85A ¹ 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 18” 85 - 90 lbs 90,000 

1VK45AF ² 15⅟₂”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 14” x 14” 45 - 50 lbs 70,000 

1VK65AF ² 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 80,000 

1VK85AF ² 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 18” 85 - 90 lbs 90,000 

¹ Solid state analog knob control standard 

² Unit standard with KleenScreen PLUS® filtration system 

Optional solid state digital control with melt cycles available 

Optional programmable compensating computer control with melt cycles available 

TR SERIES GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Maintains idle temperature setting with only 4,318 BTU/hr. to save energy. 

• Energy saving SoftStart ignition system extends oil life while requiring lower BTU’s. 

• Energy efficient ThreePass heat transfer system yielding 60.9% cooking and 72% thermal 

efficiency. 

• Stainless steel fry tank, includes 10 year limited tank warranty. 


• Set of four 6" adjustable (2 locking) casters. 

• Twin fry baskets with plastic coated handles. 

• Hi-limit shut-off. 

• Electronic matchless ignition. 



1TR45A ¹ 15⅟₂”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 14” x 14” 45 - 50 lbs 70,000 

1TR65A ¹ 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 80,000 

1TR85A ¹ 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 18” 85 - 90 lbs 90,000 

1TR45AF ² 15⅟₂”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 14” x 14” 45 - 50 lbs 70,000 

1TR65AF ² 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 14” 65 - 70 lbs 80,000 

1TR85AF ² 21”W x 34⅜”D x47⅛”H 19⅟₂” x 18” 85 - 90 lbs 90,000 

¹ Solid state analog knob control standard 

² Unit standard with KleenScreen PLUS® filtration system 


Optional programmable compensating computer control with melt cycles available 


73


MJ SERIES PERFORMANCE GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Master Jet burner ensures even heat distribution. 

• Millivolt controller, no electric connection required. 

• Reliable, centerline, fast-action temperature probe. 

• Thermostat knob behind front panel. 

• Deep cold zone, 1⅟₄” IPS ball-type drain valve. 

• Stainless steel frypot and door, enamel cabinet. 

• 6” legs with 1” adjustment. 


MJ35 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 41”H 12” x 15” 45 lbs 110,000 

MJ35E ¹ 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 41”H 12” x 15” 45 lbs 110,000 

MJ35G ² 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 41”H 12” x 15” 45 lbs 110,000 

MJ45 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 46”H 14” x 15” 50 lbs 122,000 

MJ45E ¹ 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 46”H 14” x 15” 50 lbs 122,000 

MJ45G ² 15⅝”W x 31⅟₂”D x 46”H 14” x 15” 50 lbs 122,000 

¹ Thermostat controller, signal lights, on-off switch standard 

² Thermostat knob on front panel standard 

Optional thermostatic control available 


Optional computer control available 

STANDARD GAS FRYERS 

Features 

• Millivolt temperature controls, no electric connection required. 

• Durable temperature probe 

• Deep cold zone, 1⅟₄” IPS ball-type drain valve. 

• Master Jet burner heat-transfer system. 

• Stainless steel frypot and door, enamel cabinet. 

• 6” steel legs with 1” adjustment. 


GF14 15⅝”W x 30⅞”D x 41⅛”H 12” x 15” 40 lbs 100,000 

GF40 15⅝”W x 30⅞”D x 46⅛”H 14” x 15” 50 lbs 122,000 

74 



ELECTRIC COUNTERTOP FRYERS 

Features 

• 70˚F - 375˚F thermostat. 

• High temp thermal limit control with manual reset. 

• 3½'' stainless steel adjustable feet. 

• All stainless steel construction. 

• Removable, stainless steel fry pot with handles. 

• Easy to remove and clean control box and swing-up elements. 

• One-year parts and labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension Oil capacity Electrical 

PF10E W2M673 18⅟₂”W x 11⅟₁₀”D x 15⅟₄”H 10 lbs 120V/1,700 watt 

PF16E W2M674 18⅟₂”W x 11⅟₄”D x 17”H 16 lbs 208-240V/2,900-3800 watt 

PF32E ¹ W2M675 18⅟₂”W x 21¾”D x 17”H 32 lbs 208-240V/2,900-3800 watt 

¹ Dual tank 

GAS COUNTERTOP FRYERS 

Features 

• Robert Shaw snap-action thermostats for fast recovery. 

• High performance, stainless steel tube burners inside heat chambers. 

• High limit thermostat protection. 

• Stainless steel fry pot with drain valve and extension pipe. 

• Stainless steel construction. 

• Adjustable 4'' stainless steel legs. 

Model # Win # Dimension Oil capacity BTU 

GF15G W2M676 30¾”W x 10⅟₂”D x 26⁷⁄₁₀”H 15 lbs 26,500 

GF30G W2M677 30¾”W x 17”D x 26⁷⁄₁₀”H 30 lbs 53,000 


75


TRADITIONAL ITALIAN PASTA COOKER 

Features 

• Cook fresh or dry pasta, or rethermalize up to 700 servings per hour. 

• Cooker can be used to cook rice, vegetables, potatoes and seafoods. 

• Tank is stamped from one piece of fine glazed AISI #316 stainless 

steel. 

• A thick blanket of ceramic insulation wraps each tank. 

• Starch skimming drains. 

• Continuous fresh water feed. 

• Single burner design. 

Model # Dimension Cooking tank Total capacity Maximum/Minimum BTU 

CPG-1/45 17.73”W x 35.46”D x 40.58”H 1 12 gallon 45,000/20,000 


MULTI-PURPOSE ITALIAN PASTA COOKER 

Features 

• Cook fresh or dry pasta. 


• Fast recover two-burner for frozen and semi-frozen products 


steel. 



• Continuous fresh water feed. 

• Two burner design. 

Model # Dimension Cooking tank Total capacity Maximum/Minimum BTU 



TABLE TOP ELECTRIC PASTA COOKER 

Features 

• Cook fresh or dry pasta. 


• Fast recover two-burner for frozen and semi-frozen products 


steel. 



Model # 

CPE/B3 

CPE/B6 

Dimension 

11.8”W x 19.75”D x 17.5”H 

25.6”W x 23.6”D x 17.6”H 

76 



EM SERIES GAS PASTA COOKER 

Features 

• Single high efficiency gas burner. 

• Burner with optimized combustion and protected pilot light. 

• Flame failure device to protect against accidental extinguishing of the flame. 

• Insulated cooktop to conserve energy. 

• In addition to cooking pasta, the appliance may be used for noodles of every kind, 

rice, dumplings, vegetables and soups for large or small servings. 

• Water basin in AISI 316 stainless steel has a maximum capacity of 6.5 gal. and is 

seamlessly welded into the top of the appliance. 

• Worktop in AISI 304 stainless steel, front and side panels in stainless steel with 

Scotch Brite finish. 

• Supplied with 6” height adjustable legs. 

• Included accessories: propane converter kit, pressure regulator and main shut off 

valve. 

Model # Dimension Cooking tank Total capacity BTU 

169024 16”W x 31⅟₂”D x 37⅛”H 1 6.5 gallon 42,500 

PASTA SOLUTIONS FREE-STANDING GAS PASTA 

COOKER 

Features 

• 9-position energy regulator. 

• 3-position water fill regulator. 

• Constant water level refill. 

• Automatic starch removal function during cooking: improved water quality over 

time. 

• Automatic low-water level shut-off: no accidental over-heating. 

• Pressed tank: only rounded corners for improved cleanability. 

• AISI 316 stainless steel tank: maximum corrosion resistance. 


• IPX 5 water jet protection (NEMA 4 equivalent). 

• 5″ long, height adjustable legs. 

Model # Dimension Cooking tank Total capacity 

391201 15¾”W x 35¹¹⁄₂₅”D x 33¹¹⁄₂₅”H 1 10.5 gallon 

391202 31⅟₂”W x 35¹¹⁄₂₅”D x 33¹¹⁄₂₅”H 2 21 gallon 

391203 ¹ 15¾”W x 35⁷⁄₁₆”D x 33⁷⁄₁₆”H 1 10.5 gallon 

391204 ¹ 31⅟₂”W x 35⁷⁄₁₆”D x 33⁷⁄₁₆”H 2 21 gallon 

¹ electric model 

927213 

927210 

921618 

927211 

927216 


77


CHAMPION SERIES GAS CHARBROILER 

Features 

• One of the highest BTU ratings in its cooking class, reduces amount of labor time to 

cook a ¼ pound hamburger by 20%. 

• Fast start-up and recovery to prime cooking temperatures. 

• Versatile grate system can be adjusted in height to give maximum control. 

• Openings in the front allow the pilot light to be easily lit and adjusted without 

removing the front panel. 

• Infinite adjustable gas valves turn 180 degrees, giving the operator ultimate control. 

• Bull-nose front extension protects employees from burns. 

• Maintenance is easier with bottom-mount grease collection pan and removable top 

grates. 

• Field convertible and adjustable gas regulator. 

• 2 year parts and labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension # of burners/Controls BTU 

GCB-18I ¹ W2M291 18”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (1) “S”/(1) Manual 60,000 

GCB-24I ¹ W2M315 24”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (2) “U”/(2) Manual 80,000 

GCB-36I ¹ W1W314 36”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (3) “U”/(2) Manual 120,000 

GCB-48I ¹ W2N038 48”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (4) “U”/(2) Manual 160,000 

GCRB-18I ² W2L777 18”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (1) “S”/(1) Manual 60,000 

GCRB-24I ² W2F157 24”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (2) “U”/(2) Manual 80,000 

GCRB-36I ² W2E119 36”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (3) “U”/(2) Manual 120,000 

GCRB-48I ² W2L778 48”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H (4) “U”/(2) Manual 160,000 

¹ Radiant 

² CharRock 

COOKLINE SERIES HEAVY DUTY GAS CHARBROILER 

Features 

• 20,000 BTU/HR per burner with individually operated controlled valves located every 5”. 

• Stainless steel burners feature flame guards. 

• All stainless exterior front, unitized body constructions, and stainless steel radiant heat 

deflectors 


Model # Win # Dimension # of burners BTU 

HCB-2424 ¹ W2N039 24”W x 33⅞”D x 15⁷⁄₃₂”H (4) Burners 80,000 





HCRB-2424 ² W2M096 24”W x 33⅞”D x 15⁷⁄₃₂”H (4) Burners 80,000 





¹ Radiant charbroiler 

² Lava rock charbroiler 

78 



CHAMPION SERIES MANUAL GAS GRIDDLE 

Features 

• Fast start-up to prime cooking temperatures. 

• Provides fast recovery and the ability to handle a variety of foods. 

• Openings in the front allow the pilot light to be easily lit and adjusted without 

removing the front panel. 


• Maintenance is easier with bottom-mount grease collection pan. 


• 1” flat polished “hot rolled” steel griddle plate. 

• 3” stainless steel backsplash; sloped side splashers. 

• Built-in rear flue. 

• 2 year parts and labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension Cooking surface # of burners/Controls BTU 

GGM-18I W2L849 18”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H 17¾” x 19⅟₂” (1) “S”/(1) Manual 37,500 

GGM-24I W2L850 24”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H 23¾” x 19⅟₂” (2) “U”/(2) Manual 50,000 

GGM-36I W1W315 36”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H 35¾” x 19⅟₂” (3) “U”/(2) Manual 75,000 

GGM-48I W2L851 48”W x 26¾”D x 15¾”H 47¾” x 19⅟₂” (4) “U”/(2) Manual 100,000 

COOKLINE SERIES HEAVY-DUTY GAS GRIDDLE 

Features 

• 1” thick griddle plate & 24” deep grilling surface. 

• Heavy gauge, hand-welded, heat-resistant steel combustion chamber. 

• Individually operated burner valves with manual, thermostatic/snap-action controls. 

• Stainless and aluminized steel exterior. 

• Stainless steel, welded splash guards, landing ledge. 

• Low profile, countertop design – only 13⅛” to grilling surface. 

• Front grease trough, and stainless steel, slide-out grease pan. 


Model # Win # Dimension Cooking surface # of burners BTU 

HMG-2424 ¹ W2M101 24”W x 33⅞”D x 15⁷⁄₃₂”H 24” x 24” (4) Burners 80,000 





HTG-2424 ² W2M106 24”W x 33⅞”D x 15⁷⁄₃₂”H 24” x 24” (4) Burners 80,000 





¹ Manual control 

² Thermostatic control 


79


GAS COUNTERTOP CHARBROILERS 

Features 

• Stainless steel, double wall construction, front, sides and back, and 

extended cool-to-touch front edge. 

• Heavy duty, reversible cast iron grates with drip flavor edge. 

• Stainless steel U-style burners provide flame every 6'‘. 

• Individual adjustable pilot for each burner with easy front panel access. 

• Versatile grate position, angled or flat. 

• Field convertible to radiant, char rock, or combination. 

• Unit ships Natural Gas with LP conversion kit included. 


• Two year parts and labor warranty. 

Radiant heat charbroilers 

Model # Dimension Cooking surface # of burners BTU 

GCB15G-SR ¹ 15”W x 32”D x 15”H 15” x 20” (1) “U” burners 40,000 




GCB15G-CR ² 15”W x 32”D x 15”H 15” x 20” (1) “U” burners 40,000 




¹ Stainless steel radiants 

² Cast iron radiants 

Char rock charbroilers 


GCB15G-RK 15”W x 32”D x 15”H 15” x 20” (1) “U” burners 40,000 




CHEFMATE MANUAL CONTROLS GAS GRIDDLES 

Features 

• Adjustable pilots with front access. 

• 3⅟₄” H back and side splash. 

• Spatula wide 3⅟₄'' trough. 

• Stainless steel construction and extended cool-to-touch front edge. 

• ¾'' polished griddle plate provides uniform heat distribution. 

• Stainless steel legs with adjustable feet. 

• Cooktop lifts off completely for easy cleaning and servicing. 


• One year parts and labor warranty. 


C24GG 24”W x 33”D x 15⅟₂”H 24” x 20⅟₂” (2) “U” burners 60,000 

C36GG 36”W x 33”D x 15⅟₂”H 36” x 20⅟₂” (3) “U” burners 90,000 

80 



GAS COUNTERTOP CHARBROILERS 

Features 

• Electronic ignition on thermostatic griddles 

• Stainless steel U-style burners provide flame every 6'‘. 

• Individual adjustable pilot for each burner with easy front panel access. 

• Temperature range on the thermostatic griddle, 200°F - 575°F. 

• Spatula wide 4'' trough. 


• ¾'' highly polished steel griddle plate fully welded to stainless steel 

frame, 20'' deep. 

• Stainless steel, double wall construction front, sides and back, and 

extended cool-to-touch front edge. 



Manual control 


GG15G 15”W x 32”D x 15²²⁄₂₅”H 15” x 20” (1) “U” burners 30,000 




Thermostatic control 


GG15TG 15”W x 32”D x 15²²⁄₂₅”H 15” x 20” (1) “U” burners 30,000 




ELECTRIC COUNTERTOP ECONOMY GRIDDLES 

Features 

• Highly polished griddle plate fully welded to stainless steel frame, ⅜'' plate 

thickness. 

• Stainless steel cool-to-touch front edge. 

• Heat elements and thermostats control every 12'' to 18'‘. 

• Easy ON/OFF switch for each element. 

• Two 70°F - 575°F thermostats 

• Spatula wide grease trough. 

• Seamlessly welded 3½'' splash guard. 

• Removable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel catch tray. 



Model # Win # Dimension Cooking surface Electrical 

PG24E W2M383 24”W x 33”D x 15⅟₂”H 23⁴⁄₅” x 13” 208-240V/2.7/3.6 kw 

PG36E W2M384 36”W x 33”D x 15⅟₂”H 35⁴⁄₅” x 13” 208-240V/4/5.4 kw 


81


HEAVY-DUTY COUNTER TOP RADIANT 

BROILERS 

Features 

• Stainless steel front, side and 4” front top ledge. 

• Stainless steel straight burners for every 6” of Broiler width. 

• Heavy duty cast-iron Radiant. 

• Welded heat box and radiant bracket. 

• Reversible 3 bar cast-iron grate with grease runner. 


• Ergonomically designed heat resistant PPS on-off knob. 





TARB-12 W2H210 12”W x 30”D x 10”H (2) Burners 30,000 

TARB-24 W2F273 24”W x 30”D x 10”H (4) Burners 60,000 



HIGH EFFICIENCY COUNTER TOP GRIDDLES 

Features 


• 4” backsplash with tapered side splashes. 

• 3” wide stainless steel front grease trough. 

• Ergonomically designed heat resistant PPS On-Off Knob. 

• ¾” polished steel griddle plate. 




Manual control 


TAMG-12 W2H209 12”W x 30⅟₂”D x 12⅟₂”H (1) “U” burners 22,000 

TAMG-24 W2F275 24”W x 30⅟₂”D x 12⅟₂”H (2) “U” burners 44,000 

TAMG-36 W2F277 36”W x 30⅟₂”D x 12⅟₂”H (3) “U” burners 66,000 

TAMG-48 W2G449 48”W x 30⅟₂”D x 12⅟₂”H (4) “U” burners 88,000 

Thermostatic control 

Model # Win # Dimension # Burners BTU 

TATG-24 W2K101 24”W x 30⅟₂”D x 12⅟₂”H (2) “U” burners 44,000 



82 



FLOOR RADIANT GAS CHARBROILER 

Features 

• V-shaped radiant for each burner. 

• Free floating top grid ½” steel rods allows expansion and contraction without warping. 

• E-Z Tilt top grid drains grease into front trough. 

• Round top grid with standard spacing with quick lift handle. 

• Convertible Radiant design to Coal style. 

• Fully Insulated double walled outer cabinet. 

• Stainless steel on all four sides. 

• Water Tubs. 

• 6” stainless service shelf. 

• Runner tube pilot system. 

• Individual front burner controls for precise regulation. 

• All stainless steel burners for long life. 


Model # Dimension Cooking area # of burners BTU 

FM-RMB-624 24”W x 35⅟₂”D x 39⅜”H 513 in² (4) Burners 60,000 






Optional high output unit available 

Optional ceramic coal unit available 

HIGH PERFORMANCE FLOOR MODEL CABINET STYLE 

GAS CHAR BROILER 

Features 

• Stainless steel exterior, interior and combustion chamber. 

• Easy-Lite/Always-Lit crossover pilot tube. 

• Double-walled, fully insulated construction. 

• Independently controlled, adjustable valves for each burner with stand-by position. 

• Heavy-duty 14-gauge stainless steel radiant heat deflectors. 

• 3⅟₄" deep stainless steel, slide out grease drawer & water pans. 

• Individually adjustable, 4-position tilting, floating rod type grates – cast iron & meat 

grates available at no extra charge. 

• Belly bar / towel rack. 


Model # Dimension Broiling area # of burners BTU 

F24R 24”W x 33⅟₂”D x 42”H 21” x 24” (5) Burners 75,000 







Optional Glo Stone unit available 


83


CHAMPION SERIES GAS HOT PLATE 

Features 

• Heavy-duty stainless steel and aluminized steel construction. 

• 30,000 BTU/hr per cast iron burner. 

• Smooth action, infinitely adjustable gas valves turn 180 degrees, 

giving the operator ultimate control. 


• Removable cast-iron grate. 

• Stainless steel collection pans. 

• Adjustable viewable pilot. 

• 4” heat-resistant, adjustable legs. 

• Front or top-serving. 


• Two year parts & labor warranty. 

Model # Dimension # of burners # of control BTU 

GHP-2I 12”W x 24¹⁵⁄₁₆”D x 13⅝”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 30,000 



GHPW-2I 24”W x 12”D x 13¾”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 30,000 

GHPS-2I ¹ 12”W x 24¾”D x 16¾”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 30,000 



¹ Step-up burners 

HEAVY-DUTY COOKLINE COUNTERTOP FLAT HOT 

PLATE 

Features 

• 30” deep range top. 

• Heavy gauge, hand-welded, heat-resistant steel combustion chamber. 

• All stainless steel exterior and stainless steel landing ledge. 

• Low profile, counter top design – only 13⅛” to range surface. 

• Stainless steel, slide-out crumb tray. 

• Heavy-duty 4: NSF approved adjustable chrome legs with bullet feet. 

• 180 individually operated controlled burner valves for precise control & low-flame 

standby position. 



HHP-212 12”W x 31³⁄₃₂”D x 13¹³⁄₁₆”H 12” x 23¾” (2) Burners 60,000 




HHPS-212 ¹ 12”W x 30⅟₄”D x 16⅟₄”H 12” x 28⅟₂” (2) Burners 60,000 




¹ Step-up burners 

84 



GAS COUNTERTOP HOT PLATES 

Features 

• All stainless steel, double wall construction. 

• High performance, heavy duty 22,000 BTU cast iron burners. 




• Full-width catch tray. 




GPG12G 12”W x 33”D x 14”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 44,000 



CHEFMATE GAS HOT PLATES 

Features 


• High performance, heavy duty 25,000 BTU per burners. 


• Stainless steel legs with adjustable non-skid feet. 




C12HT 12”W x 33”D x 13⅟₄”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 50,000 

C24HT 24”W x 33”D x 13⅟₄”H (4) Burners (4) Manual 100,000 

HIGH OUTPUT COUNTERTOP HOT PLATES 

Features 


• Removable 12” x 12” heavy cast-iron top grates 

• Grooved design top grate ensure direct heat to cooking surface. 


• Ergonomically designed heat resistant PPS on-off knob. 




Model # Win # Dimension # of burners # of control BTU 

TAHP-12-2 W2F278 12”W x 30”D x 10”H (2) Burners (2) Manual 64,000 

TAHP-24-4 W2F279 24”W x 30”D x 10”H (4) Burners (4) Manual 128,000 

TAHP-36-6 W2H033 36”W x 30”D x 10”H (6) Burners (6) Manual 192,000 

TAHP-48-8 W2H211 48”W x 30”D x 10”H (8) Burners (8) Manual 256,000 


85


DECK-TYPE INFRARED BROILERS 

Features 

• Faster broiling times with ⅓ less time. 

• Blower delivers fresh, filtered air to prevent smoke and vapors from affecting 

broiling efficiency. 

• 104,000 BTU (NAT or LP) infrared burners (per deck). 

• Stainless steel front and sides. 

• 90 second preheat with no waiting between loads. 

• Rugged grid height adjustment mechanism with four positions. 

• Roll-out broiling area is 24⅟₂” wide and 27⅟₂” deep, with a reduced heat holding 

area in the front 3”. 

• Fully insulated lining and burner boxes. 

• Removable grids with a round pattern for branding. 

• 6” adjustable stainless steel legs. 

• Washable metal mesh air filter. 

Model # Win # Dimension BTU 

170 W1C963 45⅟₂”W x 55”D x 83”H 104,000 

171 W1C964 45⅟₂”W x 55”D x 83”H 104,000 

270 W1C965 45⅟₂”W x 55”D x 83”H 104,000 

HEAVY DUTY GAS RANGE INFRARED UPRIGHT 

BROILERS 

Features 

• Stainless steel front, front top ledge, sides, base, and finishing oven with 1⅟₄" rear gas 

connection (capped). 

• 1⅟₄" diameter front gas manifold. 

• Four each 25,000 BTU/hr. infrared burners. 

• 50,000 BTU/hr. standard oven burner. 

• 32,000 BTU/hr. convection oven burner. 

• Pilot ignition system. 

• Infinite heat controls – 2 each. 

• Spring balanced, 5 position grid. 

• Full width, floating stainless steel drip pan. 

• 25"w x 25"d cooking grid (625 sq. inches). 

• Grid of cold rolled steel bar. 

• 6" adjustable stainless steel legs for “S”, “B” and “C” models. 

• Universal rack guides, one removable shelf on “B” models. 


Model # Dimension Configuration BTU 

VIR1F 36”W x 42⅝”D x 77⅛”H Upright infrared broiler/Modular 100,000 

VIR1BF 36”W x 42⅝”D x 77⅛”H Upright infrared broiler/Cabinet base 100,000 

VIR1SF 36”W x 42⅝”D x 77⅛”H Upright infrared broiler/Standard oven base 150,000 

VIR1CF 36”W x 42⅝”D x 77⅛”H Upright infrared broiler/Convection oven base 132,000 

86 



ELECTRIC COUNTER PAN STEAMER 

Features 

• 304 stainless steel exterior. 

• 316 stainless steel cooking chamber with coved corners. 

• Heavy gauge stainless steel door with full perimeter gasket. 

• Positive lock and seal mechanism with spring release door. 

• Illuminated timed/off/constant steam power switch. 

• Ready indicator light and cooking indicator light. 

• Add water indicator light with audible alarm. 

• 60 minute electromechanical timer with end of cycle audible 

alarm. 


• Removable stainless steel pan supports. 

• Removable steam diffuser plate helps prevent objects from 

falling into water reservoir. 

• Selectable timed or constant steam cooking mode. 

Model # Dimension Electrical 

EZ18-3 18”W x 29”D x 23”H 208V/9 kw 

EZ18-5 18”W x 29”D x 29⅟₂”H 208V/15 kw 

EZ24-3 24”W x 25”D x 23”H 208V/9 kw 

EZ24-5 24”W x 25”D x 29⅟₂”H 208V/15 kw 

ELECTRIC COUNTER TILTING KETTLE 


KECTC-6 22⅟₄”W x 15⅟₄”D x 33⅟₂”H 208V/7.5 kw 

KECTC-10 26⅟₄”W x 17⅟₄”D x 34²²⁄₂₅”H 208V/12 kw 

KECTC-12 26⅟₄”W x 17⅟₄”D x 36²²⁄₂₅”H 208V/12 kw 

Features 

• Low water level cut-off and indicator. 

• Pressure gauge. 

• Temperature control. 

• Safety relief valve. 

• Type 316 stainless steel liner. 

• ⅔ steam jacket. 

• 50 PSI high pressure operation for higher cooking temperature. 

• Integrally mounted controls. 

• Removable elements. 

• Hand crank, smooth action tilt mechanism which is self locking 

for positive stop action and tilts passed 90° for ease of cleaning. 

• Stainless steel console and trunnion. 

• Water resistant construction. 

ELECTRIC STEAM TILTING KETTLE 

Features 

• Type 316 stainless steel liner. 

• Double wall kettle interior form a steam jacket around the lower ⅔ of the 

kettle. 

• Stainless steel console and trunnion. 

Model # Dimension Capacity 

KELT-20 36”W x 34”D x 38”H 20 gallon 


KELT-40 41”W x 37¾”D x 38”H 40 gallon 

KELT-60 44⅟₂”W x 41¾”D x 42”H 60 gallon 


KELT-100 49⅟₂”W x 45⅟₂”D x 48¾”H 100 gallon 


87


ELECTRIC COUNTER PAN STEAMER 

Features 

• Fan forced convection steam with patented KleanShieldTM cooking compartment 

design. 

• Automatic water level controls, fills when main power switch is turned on, low 

water and high water probes inside cooking compartment maintains water levels 

during cooking. 

• Steam and fan shut off control when compartment door is opened. 

• Exclusive SureCook compartment controls improves cooking speed and accuracy. 

• Exclusive SteamChef automatic drain control. 

• Exclusive, durable 14 gauge stainless steel compartment door and latch. 

• Heavy-duty 4“ skid resistant adjustable legs with flanged feet. 


22CET3.1 21.63”W x 31.19”D x 22.5”H 208V/12 kw 

22CET6.1 21.63”W x 34.85”D x 30.75”H 208V/12 kw 

STEAMCRAFT® GENERATOR STYLE HIGH SPEED 

CONVECTION STEAMERS 

Features 

• Instant steam stand by mode. 

• Durable 14 gauge for compartment door, cavity and steam generator. 

• 60 minute electro-mechanical timer and switch for manual operation. 

• Exclusive steam cooking distribution system. 

• Exclusive automatic remote probe type water level control. 

DIRECT STEAM KETTLES 


21CET8 21”W x 30”D x 18.25”H 208V/8 kw 

21CET16 21”W x 30”D x 25”H 208V/16 kw 

Features 

• Type 304 Stainless Steel construction, #4 finish on kettle and supports. 

• 2˝ diameter Tangent Draw-off Valve with Drain Strainer. 

• 50 psi Steam Jacket Rating on 25 - 100 gal. models, 35 psi Steam Jacket Rating on 125 - 

250 gal. models. 

• 50 psi chrome plated Safety Valve on 25 - 100 gal. models, 35 psi chrome plated Safety 

Valve on 125 - 250 gal. models. 

• Condensate Drain Valve with insulated handle. 

• Stainless steel tubular construction, with level adjustable Flanged Feet for Floor bolting. 

• Steam Control Inlet Valve. 


KDL-25 26⅟₂”W x 32”D x 37”H 25 gallon 

KDL-40 31⅛”W x 35⅞”D x 36⅞”H 40 gallon 

KDL-60 34⅝”W x 38⅞”D x 39”H 60 gallon 

KDL-80 38⅛”W x 41⅟₄”D x 40⅞”H 80 gallon 

KDL-100 40⅝”W x 46⅝”D x 43”H 100 gallon 

KDL-125 45⅛”W x 46⅝”D x 43”H 125 gallon 

KDL-150 45⅛”W x 46⅝”D x 47⅞”H 150 gallon 

KDL-200 50⅛”W x 46⅝”D x 49⅟₄”H 200 gallon 

KDL-250 53⅛”W x 48⅞”D x 54”H 250 gallon 

88 



CONVECTION FLO SERIES GAS DECK OVENS 

Features 

• 300°F - 650°F throttling thermostat. 

• Top & bottom heat control damper. 

• Combination gas controls with valve, regulator & pilot safety. 

• Heavy-duty, slide-out flame diverters. 

• 8“ interior deck heights with 1⅟₂"thick hearth stone decks. 

• All stainless steel exteriors, aluminized steel interiors. 

• Spring balanced, fully insulated doors. 

• Side or rear gas connections. 

• 7-Gauge legs. 

• Fully insulated throughout. 

• 2 Year limited part and labor warranty. 

Shallow depth 

Model # Dimension Deck size # of decks BTU 

151 48”W x 33”D x 54”H 36” x 24⅟₂” 1 48,000 

152 48”W x 33”D x 64”H 36” x 24⅟₂” 2 96,000 

153 48”W x 33”D x 78”H 36” x 24⅟₂” 3 144,000 

3151 57”W x 33”D x 54”H 45” x 24⅟₂” 1 70,000 

3152 57”W x 33”D x 64”H 45” x 24⅟₂” 2 140,000 

3153 57”W x 33”D x 78”H 45” x 24⅟₂” 3 210,000 

4151 66”W x 33”D x 54”H 54” x 24⅟₂” 1 70,000 

4152 66”W x 33”D x 64”H 54” x 24⅟₂” 2 140,000 

4153 66”W x 33”D x 78”H 54” x 24⅟₂” 3 210,000 

Narrow depth 


251 48”W x 43”D x 54”H 36” x 34⅟₂” 1 60,000 

252 48”W x 43”D x 64”H 36” x 34⅟₂” 2 120,000 

253 48”W x 43”D x 78”H 36” x 34⅟₂” 3 180,000 

351 57”W x 43”D x 54”H 45” x 34⅟₂” 1 70,000 

352 57”W x 43”D x 64”H 45” x 34⅟₂” 2 140,000 

353 57”W x 43”D x 78”H 45” x 34⅟₂” 3 210,000 

451 66”W x 43”D x 54”H 54” x 34⅟₂” 1 80,000 

452 66”W x 43”D x 64”H 54” x 34⅟₂” 2 160,000 

453 66”W x 43”D x 78”H 54” x 34⅟₂” 3 240,000 


89


SUPER DECK Y-SERIES GAS DECK OVENS 

Features 

• 300°F - 650°F throttling thermostat. 

• Top and bottom heat control dampers & micro-slides. 

• Combination gas controls with valve, regulator & pilot safety. 

• Heavy-duty, slide-out flame diverters. 

• 8” interior deck heights with 1½” thick cordierite hearth decks. 

• All stainless steel exteriors and aluminized steel interiors. 

• Spring balanced, fully insulated doors. 

• Side or rear gas connections. 

• 7 gauge legs. 

• Fully insulated throughout. 

• 2 year limited parts and labor warranty. 


Y-600 78”W x 43”D x 55⅛”H 60” x 36” 1 120,000 

Y-602 78”W x 43”D x 66⅟₄”H 60” x 36” 2 240,000 

Y-800 84”W x 51”D x 55⅛”H 66” x 44” 1 120,000 

Y-802 84”W x 51”D x 66⅟₄”H 66” x 44” 2 240,000 

Available in brick lined oven 

MB-SERIES GAS DECK OVENS 

Features 

• Brick-lined baking chamber. The cooking surface is 2" thick brick, and the 

rear and arched ceiling of the chamber is lined with 1⅟₂" thick refractory 

brick. 

• Marsal burner design runs the oven burner left to right for the best heat 

distribution. 

• Chamber opening is below a 2" lip that prevents heat from rolling out when 

the door is open. 

• Full-length, 10-gauge heat deflectors divert heat from the burners to ensure 

an even heat throughout the baking chamber. 

• Lightweight double-paneled door creates an air shield, reducing heat loss 

and keeping the oven workspace much cooler. 

• Thermostatically controlled from 300°F to 650°F. 

• Counter-weighted oven door with adjustable stop provides convenient open 

and closing actions. 

• Heavy-duty adjustable legs are welded to the oven's base. 

• 1 year warranty on labor and 18 months on parts. 


MB 42 SINGLE 62⅟₂”W x 44⅟₄”D x 60” (Flat)/65” (Square)/69” (Dome) 42” x 36” 1 95,000 

MB 42 STACKED 62⅟₂”W x 44⅟₄”D x 71⅟₄” (Flat)/76⅟₄” (Square)/80⅟₄” (Dome) 42” x 36” 2 190,000 

MB 60 SINGLE 80”W x 44⅟₄”D x 60” (Flat)/65” (Square)/69” (Dome) 60” x 36” 1 130,000 

MB 60 STACKED 80”W x 44⅟₄”D x 71⅟₄” (Flat)/76⅟₄” (Square)/80⅟₄” (Dome) 60” x 36” 2 260,000 

MB 866 SINGLE 86”W x 44⅟₄”D x 60” (Flat)/65” (Square)/69” (Dome) 66” x 36” 1 130,000 

MB 866 STACKED 86”W x 44⅟₄”D x 71⅟₄” (Flat)/76⅟₄” (Square)/80⅟₄” (Dome) 66” x 36” 2 260,000 

90 



SD-SERIES GAS DECK OVENS 

Features 

• Brick-lined baking chamber. The cooking surface is 2" thick 

brick, and the rear and arched ceiling of the chamber is lined 

with 1⅟₂" thick refractory brick. 

• Marsal burner design runs the oven burner left to right for the 

best heat distribution. 

• Chamber opening is below a 1" lip that prevents heat from 

rolling out when the door is open. The SD 448 and SD 660 

both have a 7" door height opening. 

• Full-length, 10-gauge heat deflectors divert heat from the 

burners to ensure an even heat throughout the baking 

chamber. 

• 18-gauge stainless steel lines the front and doors of the SD 

series ovens for a beautiful look and durable design. The rest 

of the SD oven is manufactured using 18-gauge aluminized 

steel both inside and outside. 

• Thermostatically controlled from 300°F to 650°F. 

• Spring-balanced oven door provides for a smooth door action. 

• Heavy-duty adjustable legs are welded to the oven's base. 

• 1 year warranty on labor and 18 months on parts. 

4-pie models 


SD 448 SINGLE 65”W x 43⅟₄”D x 55⅟₂”H 48” x 36” 1 95,000 

SD 448 STACKED 65”W x 43⅟₄”D x 66”H 48” x 36” 2 190,000 



SD 1048/SD 448 65”W x 43⅟₄”D x 68”H 48” x 36” 2 190,000 

6-pie models 






SD 1060/SD 660 80”W x 43⅟₄”D x 68”H 60” x 36” 2 260,000 

8-pie models 







91


BISTRO SERIES SANDWICH GRILLS 

Features 

• Heavy duty, seasoned cast iron grill plates. 


• Durable stainless steel tube protects wires from damage. 

• Heavy duty, spring hinge with adjustable tension 

• Temperature thermostatically controlled up to 570°F. 

• Easy-to-clean, removable stainless steel catch tray. 

• Attached 4-foot power cord and plug. 

• One year part and labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension Cooking surface Upper plate Lower plate Electrical 

GPG10 W2M235 15¾”W x 12⅞”D x 9”H 10” x 10” Grooved Grooved 120V/1,800 watt 

GSG10 W2M236 15¾”W x 12⅞”D x 9”H 10” x 10” Smooth Smooth 120V/1,800 watt 

GPGDUE10 W2M237 15¾”W x 25⅟₄”D x 9”H (2) 10” x 10” Grooved Grooved 240V/3,200 watt 

GSGDUE10 W2M238 15¾”W x 25⅟₄”D x 9”H (2) 10” x 10” Smooth Smooth 240V/3,200 watt 

ELECTRIC PANINI & SANDWICH GRILLS 

Features 


• Heavy duty hinge with adjustable tension. 







Model # Dimension Cooking surface Upper plate Lower plate Electrical 

PG14 17⅟₂”W x 17⁹⁄₁₀”D x 10¹⁄₁₀”H 14” x 10” Grooved Grooved 120V/1,800 watt 

SG14 17⅟₂”W x 17⁹⁄₁₀”D x 10¹⁄₁₀”H 14” x 10” Smooth Smooth 120V/1,800 watt 

MID-SIZE ELECTRIC SANDWICH GRILLS 

Features 


• Heavy duty hinge with adjustable tension. 

• Temperature thermostatically controlled from 220°F to 570°F. 






Model # Win # Dimension Cooking surface Upper plate Lower plate Electrical 

GPG1410 W2M239 17⅟₂”W x 19”D x 7⅟₂”H 14” x 10” Grooved Grooved 120V/1,800 watt 

GSG1410 W2M240 17⅟₂”W x 19”D x 7⅟₂”H 14” x 10” Smooth Smooth 120V/1,800 watt 

92 



DELUXE SERIES SANDWICH GRILLS 

Features 

• Built in electronic digital timer and four programmable presets. 




• Heavy duty, spring hinge with adjustable tension 






GPG14D 22⅟₂”W x 22⅟₂”D x 9⅛”H 14” x 14” Grooved Grooved 120V/1,800 watt 

GSG14D 22⅟₂”W x 22⅟₂”D x 9⅛”H 14” x 14” Smooth Smooth 120V/1,800 watt 

GPGDUE14D 39⁴⁄₅”W x 20⁹⁄₁₀”D x 9”H (2) 14” x 14” Grooved Grooved 208-240V/5,400/7,200 watt 

GSGDUE14D 39⁴⁄₅”W x 20⁹⁄₁₀”D x 9”H (2) 14” x 14” Smooth Smooth 208-240V/5,400/7,200 watt 

GLASS-CERAMIC PANINI/CLAMSHELL GRILLS 

Features 

• High-tech glass grill surface: ribbed top plate & smooth bottom plate. 

• Pull-out grease tray. 

• Ribbed top plate on some models for appetizing grill marks on food. 

• Adjustable thermostat up to 700°F. 

• Easy to clean stainless steel housing. 

• Cool-touch handles. 

• Ribbed top plate easily cleaned with special brass wool supplied with unit. 

• One year warranty. 


CPG-10 13”W x 18”D x 7”H 9⅞” x 9⅞” Ribbed Smooth 120V/1,500 watt 

CPG-10F 13”W x 18”D x 7”H 9⅞” x 9⅞” Smooth Smooth 120V/1,500 watt 

CPG-20 24⅓”W x 18”D x 7”H (2) 9⅞” x 9⅞” Ribbed Smooth 208-240V/3,200 watt 

CPG-20F 24⅓”W x 18”D x 7”H (2) 9⅞” x 9⅞” Smooth Smooth 208-240V/3,200 watt 


93


CONVEYOR TOASTERS 

Features 

• Forced convection toasting. 

• 10½” wide conveyor belt. 

• Energy efficient Quartz heaters. 

• 75% power saving feature. 

• Variable conveyor speed control and power saver switch. 

• Two year parts warranty (Quartz heaters excluded) and one year; factoryauthorized 

labor and Quartz sheathed heaters. 

Model # Dimension Capacity per hour Product clearance Electrical 

JT1 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 14⅛”H Up to 350 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” 120V/1,500 watt 

JT1-B 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 13⅛”H Up to 500 bagel halves 1⅟₂” 120V/1,400 watt 

JT1-BH 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 13⅛”H Up to 350 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” 120V/1,400 watt 

JT1-H 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 14⅛”H Up to 300 slices/bun halves 2⅟₂” 120V/1,500 watt 

JT2 ¹ 14⅛”W x 18⅟₄”D x 13⅞”H Up to 450 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” 120V/1,700 watt 

JT2-B ¹ 14⅛”W x 20⅛”D x 14⅟₂”H Up to 1200 bagels/bun halves 2⅟₄” 208V/3,200 watt 

JT2-H ¹ 14⅛”W x 18⅟₄”D x 13⅞”H Up to 300 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” to 3” 120V/1,700 watt 

JT3 ¹ 18⅛”W x 18⅟₄”D x 13⅞”H Up to 1000 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” 208V/3,600 watt 

JT3-H ¹ 18⅛”W x 18⅟₄”D x 13⅞”H Up to 950 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” to 3” 208V/3,600 watt 

¹ 208V and 240V available 

"TRIPLE-PLAY" CONVEYOR TOASTERS 

Features 

• Forced convection toasting. 

• 14½” wide conveyor belt. 







JT4 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 14⅛”H Up to 1100 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” to 3” (Top)/1⅟₂” bottom 208V/4,950 watt 

JT4-HC 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 13⅛”H Up to 1100 slices/bun halves 1⅟₂” to 3” (Top)/1⅟₂” bottom 208V/4,950 watt 

JT4-SBS ¹ 17⅝”W x 23⅛”D x 17⅝”H Up to 1100 slices/bun halves – 208V/4,950 watt 

¹ Dual 6" wide conveyors with independent heat/speed controls for each belt 

208V and 240V available 

COUNTERVEYOR" SANDWICH TOASTER 

Features 

• Forced convection finishing/baking. 

• 10½” wide (JB2-H), 14½” wide (JB3-H) conveyor belt. 






Model # Dimension Capacity per hour (pizza-par baked) Product clearance Electrical 

JT4 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 14⅛”H 30 - 6” pie or 26 - 9” pie 1⅟₂” to 3” 208V/4,950 watt 

JT4-HC 14⅜”W x 16⅟₄”D x 13⅛”H 45 - 6” pie, 31 - 9” pie or 14 – 12” pie 1⅟₂” to 3” 208V/4,950 watt 

240V available 

94 



"MAESTRO" PIZZA/SANDWICH OVENS 

Features 

• Forced convection baking. 

• 14” wide (JPO-14, JSO-14), 18” wide (JPO-18, MGD-18) conveyor belt. 






Model # Dimension Capacity per hour (pizza-par baked) Product clearance Electrical 

JPO-14 16⅟₄”W x 60”D x 19⅞”H 14 to 16 12” pie, 50 to 60 5” pie 1⅟₂” to 4” 208V/5,400 watt 

JPO-18 16⅟₄”W x 60”D x 19⅞”H 10 to 12 16” pie, 14 to 16 12” pie, 50 to 60 5” pie 1⅟₂” to 4” 208V/6,300 watt 

JSO-14 23⅟₂”W x 60”D x 19⅞”H – 1⅟₂” to 4” 208V/5,400 watt 

MGD-18 23⅟₂”W x 67¾”D x 20¾”H 10 to 12 16” pie, 14 to 16 12” pie, 90 to 110 5” pie 1⅟₂” to 4” 208V/8,300 watt 

240V available 

CONVEYOR TOASTER 

Features 

• Equipped with a variable speed control, adjustable heat control, and switches 

for the bottom and top/bottom heating elements. 

• Body is made of stainless steel. 

• 9⅝” opening width. 

• Comes with a removable crumb tray and bread catcher. 


PA10136A 14⅟₂” W x 21⅟₂”D x 16³⁄₂₅”H – 5” 120V/1,800 watt 

JPO-18 14⅟₂” W x 22⁴⁄₅”D x 15³⁄₁₀”H 300 slices 1⅟₂” 120V/1,800 watt 

CONVEYOR TOASTERS & OVENS 

Features 

• Equipped with a variable speed control, adjustable heat control, and switches 

for the bottom and top/bottom heating elements. 

• Body is made of stainless steel. 

• 9⅝” opening width. 

• Comes with a removable crumb tray and bread catcher. 


TS-7000 41”W x 18⅟₂”D x 15⅟₂”H (12) 14”pie 5” 120V/1,800 watt 


95


WIN DROP-IN HOT PANS 

Features 

•Open tank bain-marie style for wet operation. 

•Thermostatic control for precise food temperatures. 

•Electric heating elements mounted beneath tank, insulated and shielded. 

•Unit prewired to controls, mounted on separate stainless steel 

•panel for field installation in counter front. 

•Controls prewired to junction box mounted on control panel for 

120/208/240V operation. 

•Fully insulated exterior body of corrosion resistant steel. 

•Custom size available. 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity (hotel pans) # of controls Electrical 

WBHT-100 W1S262 16”W x 24”D (1) Full size 1 1,500 watts 






WBHT-700 W1S268 94”W x 24”D (7) Full size 2 (2) 5,000 watts 








WIN DROP-IN ICE-COOLED COLD PANS 

Features 

•Continuously welded 18-gauge stainless steel body. 

•High-density polyurethane foamed in place insulation. 


Model # Win # Dimension 

Capacity 

(hotel pans) 

WBCT-300 W1S334 42”W x 24”D 

(3) 

Full size 

WBCT-400 W1S335 55”W x 24”D 

(4) 

Full size 

WBCT-500 W1S336 68”W x 24”D 

(5) 

Full size 

WBCT-600 W1S337 81”W x 24”D 

(6) 

Full size 

WBCT-700 W1S338 94”W x 24”D 

(7) 

Full size 

WBCT-800 W1S339 107”W x 24”D 

(8) 

Full size 

WBCT-900 W1S340 120”W x 24”D 

(9) 

Full size 

WBCT-1000 W1S341 133”W x 24”D 

(10) 

Full size 

96 



WIN DROP-IN SELF-CONTAINED 

REFRIGERATED COLD PANS 

Features 

• Corrosion resistant steel exterior. 

• High-density polyurethane foamed in place insulation. 

• Condensing unit mounted on corrosion resistant framework, suspended 

below unit body. 

• Unit interior bottom wrapped with refrigerating lines. 

• Controls and expansion valve supplied and installed. 

• Custom size available. 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity (hotel pans) 

WBCTS-300 W1S322 42”W x 24”D (3) Full size 












WIN STEAM TABLE 

Features 

• All welded stainless steel construction. 

• Standing pilot for instant lighting. 

• Safety gas valve for safety. 

• One year limited warranty. 



WSTG-200 W1S313 24”W x 32”D x 32”H 1 20,000 

WSTG-300 W1S314 36”W x 32”D x 32”H 1 20,000 

WSTG-400 W1S315 48”W x 32”D x 32”H 1 20,000 

WSTG-500 W1S316 60”W x 32”D x 32”H 1 26,000 

WSTG-600 W1S317 72”W x 32”D x 32”H 1 26,000 

WSTG-700 W1S318 84”W x 32”D x 32”H 2 40,000 

WSTG-800 W1S319 96”W x 32”D x 32”H 2 40,000 

WSTG-900 W1S320 108”W x 32”D x 32”H 2 52,000 

WSTG-1000 W1S321 120”W x 32”D x 32”H 2 52,000 


97


C5 1 SERIES NON-INSULATED HEATED HOLDING AND PROOFING CABINETS 

Features 

• Control: Three holding modules are available. All feature an easy-to-read digital thermometer, recessed control dials, a master 

on/off switch, and power indicator lights. 

• Combination module: At the flip of a switch change from heated holding mode to proofing mode. Individual analog controls 

for temperature and humidity levels. 

• Holding module: For heated holding applications. Analog temperature control and a passive humidity generation system. 

• Proofing module: For proofing applications only. Individual analog controls for temperature and humidity levels. 

• Performance: All modules provide fast heat-up and recovery through a thermostatically controlled, forced air heating system. 

• Sizes: C5 1 Series cabinets are available in full height (69¾“), ¾ height (57¾”), and ⅟₂ height (42¾”) sizes. 

• Doors: Clear polycarbonate doors provide visibility of the contents of the cabinet without the heat loss associated with opening 

the door. 

• Capacity: Three slide styles provide maximum holding capacity. 

• Universal: Adjustable wire slides, with SiteSelect, hold 18"x26" sheet, 12"x20" steam table, 2/1 or 1/1 GN pans, and adjust 

on 1⅟₂” increments. 

• Lip Load: Fixed aluminum extrusions hold 18“x26" sheet pans on 1⅟₂“ increments. 

• Fixed Wire: Fixed slides hold 18"x26" sheet, 12"x20" steam table, 2/1 GN, or 1/1 GN pans on 3“ increments. 

• Removable Module: All modules are removable, without tools, for easy cleaning of the cabinet interior. Future module 

upgrades or changes can occur without cabinet body replacement. 

• Reliability: Reliability and durability are designed into every C5. High quality components provide a long life of worry-free use. 

Combination module 

Model # Dimension Capacity Door Electrical 

C519-CFC-4 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C519-CFC-L 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C519-CFC-U 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

Heated holding module 


C519-HFC-4 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C519-HFC-L 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C519-HFC-U 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

Proofing module 


C519-PFC-4 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/1,440 watt 

C519-PFC-L 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/1,440 watt 

C519-PFC-U 25¹³⁄₁₀₀” W x 30⅟₄”D x 69¾”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/1,440 watt 

¾ height and ⅟₂ height unit available 

98 



METRO C5 3 SERIES INSULATION ARMOUR HEATED HOLDING AND PROOFING 

CABINETS 

Features 

• Insulation Armour: Patented insulation technology retains heat, saves energy, and provides a cool-to-touch exterior. Durable 

polymer construction is dent, impact, and stain resistant. Molded-in hand holds create vertical handles for mobile applications. 

• Colors: Insulation Armour is available in Red, Blue, or Gray standard and in other colors on a promotional basis or upon request. 

• Control: Three modules are available: Holding, moisture, and combination proof and hold. All feature an easy-to-read digital 

thermometer, recessed control dials, a master on/off switch, and power indicator lights. All are removable without tools for 

easy cleaning, and allow for future upgrades without replacing entire cabinet body. 

• Performance: All modules provide fast heat-up and recovery through a thermostatically controlled, forced convection system. 

• Sizes: C5 3 Series cabinets are available in full height (71”), ¾ height (59”), and ⅟₂ height (44”) sizes. 

• Doors: Solid insulated aluminum or clear polycarbonate doors are available. Full Height cabinets can be configured with full 

length or dutch-style doors. Clear doors provide visibility of the contents of the cabinet without the heat loss associated with 

opening the door. 

• Capacity: Three slide styles provide maximum holding capacity. Choose from Universal Wire, Lip Load, or Fixed Wire. 

• Reliability: Reliability and durability are designed into every C5. High-quality components provide a long life of worry free use. 

• Power Options: Choose between standard high wattage or low wattage models based on the specific needs of the application. 

Combination module 


C539-CFC-4 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-CFC-L 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-CFC-U 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

Heated holding module 


C539-HFC-4 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-HFC-L 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-HFC-U 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

Moisture module 


C539-MFC-4 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (34) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-MFC-L 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (35) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

C539-MFC-U 27⁷⁄₁₁” W x 31⅟₂”D x 71”H (18) 18”x 26” pans Clear 120V/2,000 watt 

¾ height and ⅟₂ height unit available 

Full length solid door, dutch solid door and dutch clear door unit available 


99


NON-INSULATED HOLDING & TRANSPORT CABINET 

Features 

• Eighteen level holding and transport cabinet accepts eighteen 18" x 26" pans or thirty-six 

12" x 20" pans, pans may be up to 2¾" tall (VHFA18). 

• Nine level holding and transport cabinet accepts nine 18" x 26" pans or eighteen 12" x 20" 

pans, pans may be up to 2¾" tall (VHFA18). 

• Heavy duty 20 gauge polished stainless steel cabinet. 

• Set of 5" casters, two swivel with brakes and two rigid. 

• Full size glass door with field reversible heavy duty hinges, door latch mechanism, and 

gaskets. 

• Fixed interior pan supports are designed to accommodate pan covers for transporting, and 

are removable for easy cleaning. 

• Top mounted, recessed control panel includes power “on” and heater “on” indicator lights, 

dial thermostat adjustable from ambient to 190°F, and temperature read-out dial. 

• Top mounted control panel is easy to use and out of the way of brooms, mops, and feet 

when transporting. Control panel on top eliminates removing control panel for cleaning. 

• Fan and air tunnel provide even heat distribution. 

• Two 1,000 watt metal sheathed heating elements, 16.7 amps total draw. 

• Lifetime warranty on the heating elements. 


Model # Dimension Pan capacity Electrical 

VHFA18 25⅟₄”W x 30¾”D x 71”H (18) 18” x 26”/(36) 12” x 20” 120V/2,000 watt 

VHFA9 25⅟₄”W x 30¾”D x 43⅟₂”H (9) 18” x 26”/(18) 12” x 20” 120V/1,200 watt 

NON-INSULATED HEATED HOLDING & PROOFING 

CABINET 

Features 

• Eighteen level heated holding and proofing cabinet accepts eighteen 18" x 26" pans or 

thirty-six 12" x 20" pans. 

• Heavy duty 20 gauge polished stainless steel cabinet. 

• Set of 5" casters, two swivel with brakes and two rigid. 

• Full size glass door with field reversible heavy duty hinges, door latch mechanism, and 

gaskets provide visibility of the contents in the cabinet. 

• Adjustable interior pan supports adjust on 3" centers and are removable for easy cleaning. 

• Top mounted, recessed control panel includes fan on/off switch, dial thermostat adjustable 

from ambient to 190°F, cabinet temperature thermometer, and switch to change from 

proofing to holding. 

• Top mounted control panel is easy to use and out of the way of brooms, mops, and feet. 

Control panel on top eliminates removing control panel for cleaning. 

• Fan and air tunnel provide even heat distribution. 

• Furnished with ten pairs of tray slides. 

• Includes ⅟₂ gallon water pan for proofing, drip trough and removable condensation pan on 

the bottom of cabinet. 




VP18 25⅟₄”W x 30¾”D x 71”H (18) 18” x 26”/(36) 12” x 20” 120V/2,000 watt 

100 



VBP SERIES HOLDING & TRANSPORT CABINETS 

Features 

• Blower motor for gentle and even temperature distribution. 

• Dutch doors (VBP15I only) 

• 5" heavy duty casters (2 swivel with brakes and 2 rigid), (3" on VBP5I). 

• Recessed side mounted handles. 

• Recessed control panel. 

• Heating indicator light. 

• Analog thermometer. 

• Full range thermostat for temperatures up to 190°F. 

• Universal tray slides adjustable on 1⅟₂" centers. VBP15I, VBP13I & VBP77I ship with 10 pairs of 

tray slides. VBP7I & VBP5I ship with 5 pairs. 

• Interior and the exterior are both constructed out of 20 gauge stainless steel. 

• Fully insulated with 1⅟₂" in side walls and 2" in top. 

• Integrated steel frame for maximum strength. 

• Magnetic action door latch. 

• Field reversible doors. 

• Lifetime warranty on the heating elements 


VBP5I 25”W x 33”D x 30⅟₂”H (5) 18” x 26”/(10) 12” x 20” 120V/1,000 watt 

VBP7I 25”W x 33”D x 39”H (7) 18” x 26”/(14) 12” x 20” 120V/1,000 watt 

VBP13I 25”W x 33”D x 60”H (13) 18” x 26”/(26) 12” x 20” 120V/1,200 watt 

VBP15I 25”W x 33”D x 65⅟₄”H (15) 18” x 26”/(30) 12” x 20” 120V/1,200 watt 

VBP77I 25”W x 33”D x 72”H (14) 18” x 26”/(28) 12” x 20” 120V/1,000 watt ¹ 

¹ per compartment 

VPT SERIES PASS THROUGH HOLDING CABINETS 

Features 

• Blower motor for gentle and even temperature distribution. 

• Dutch doors (VPT15 only). 

• 5" heavy duty casters (2 swivel with brakes and 2 rigid). 

• Recessed side mounted handles. 

• Recessed control panel. 

• Heating indicator light. 

• Analog thermometer. 

• Full range thermostat for temperatures up to 190°F. 

• Interior and the exterior are both constructed out of 20 gauge stainless steel. 

• Fully insulated with 11⁄2" in side walls and 2" in top. 

• Integrated steel frame for maximum strength. 

• Magnetic action door latch. 

• Field reversible doors. 

• Top mounted cord. 



VPT7 27”W x 34⅟₂”D x 40”H (7) 18” x 26”/(14) 12” x 20” 120V/1,000 watt 

VPT13 27”W x 34⅟₂”D x 61”H (13) 18” x 26”/(26) 12” x 20” 120V/1,200 watt 

VPT15 27”W x 34⅟₂”D x 66⅟₂”H (15) 18” x 26”/(30) 12” x 20” 120V/1,200 watt 


101


COMPARTMENT SINKS 

Features 

• Entire assembly is fused, shielded and polished providing a one-piece seamless sink unit. 

• Welded areas are high-speed belt blended to match adjacent surfaces with the continuity 

of a satin finish. 

• All sink compartments are covered on a full ⅝” radius and constructed using state of the 

art seamless welding techniques. 

• Die-stamped creased drain boards for positive drainage. 

• Swirl away bowl drainage. 

• Galvanized legs and gussets. 

• Adjustable ABS bullet feet. 

Model # Win # Dimension Bowl size # of bowls Drain board 

TSA-1-N W1Y577 21⅟₂”W x 21⅟₂”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 1 None 

TSA-1-L1 W2A194 39”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 1 18” left 

TSA-1-R1 W2A195 39”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 1 18” right 

TSA-1-D1 W2C434 54”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 1 18” left & right 

TSA-2-N W1Y578 42”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 2 None 

TSA-2-L1 W1Z751 57”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 2 18” left 

TSA-2-R1 W1Y837 57”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 2 18” right 

TSA-2-D1 W1Z752 72”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 2 18” left & right 

TSA-3-N W1Y580 90”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 3 None 

TSA-3-L1 W1Z822 75”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 3 18” left 

TSA-3-R1 W1Z888 75”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 3 18” right 

TSA-3-D1 W1Y579 90”W x 24”D x 44⅟₂”H 18” x 18” x 11” 3 18” left & right 

TSB-1-N W1Y581 27”W x 27⅟₂”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 1 None 

TSB-1-L2 W1Z547 51”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 1 24” left 

TSB-1-R2 W1Z661 51”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 1 24” right 

TSB-1-D2 W2C435 72”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 1 24” left & right 

TSB-2-N W1Y582 54”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 2 None 


TSB-2-R2 W2A584 75”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 2 24” right 

TSB-2-D2 W2A603 96”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 2 24” left & right 

TSB-3-N W1Y584 78”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 3 None 


TSB-3-R2 W1Z785 99”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 3 24” right 

TSB-3-D2 W1Y583 120”W x 30”D x 44⅟₂”H 24” x 24” x 14” 3 24” left & right 

102 



414 SERIES COVED CORNER SINKS 

Features 

• Bowl features deep-drawn one-piece seamless construction, 

using state-of-the-art hydraulic presses. 

• Sink bowl has generous radius with a minimum dimension of 3˝ 

and are rectangular for maximum capacity. 

• New 20˝ x 16˝ bowl design, with enhanced polishing 

techniques. 

• Leg gusset assemblies welded adjacent to sink bowl for 

maximum weight support and stability. 

• 9⅟₂˝ standard backsplash includes 1˝ upturn and tile edge for 

easy installation and feathering to wall/splash surface. 

• “V” creased drainboards for positive drainage. 

• Sink bowl: Heavy gauge type 304 stainless steel. 

• Top: Drainboards, backsplash and euro-style edging are heavy 

gauge type 430 stainless steel. 

• Legs: 1⅝˝ diameter heavy-gauge galvanized tubing with plated 

12-gauge gussets and high-impact corrosion resistant fully 

adjustable bullet feet - crossbracing is 1˝ diameter heavy-gauge 

galvanized tubing. 


103


STAINLESS STEEL SQUARE CORNER SCULLERY BUDGET 

SINKS 

Features 

• 16 gauge type 430 Series. 

• Galvanized tubular legs. 

• 1" adjustable plastic bullet feet. 

• All heli-arc welded. 

• Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish. 

Model # Win # Dimension Bowl size # of bowls Drain board 

4-81-18 W1B352 18”W x 21⅟₂”D x 41”H 18” x 18” 1 None 

4-1-18 W1B353 18”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 18” x 21” 1 None 

4-1-24 W1B354 24”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 21” 1 None 

4-1-36 W1B360 36”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 36” x 21” 1 None 

4-41-24 W1B355 24”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 24” 1 None 

4-41-36 W1B356 36”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 36” x 24” 1 None 

4-2-36 W1B364 36”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 18” x 21” 2 None 

4-2-48 W1B365 48”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 21” 2 None 

4-2-60 W1B366 60”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 30” x 21” 2 None 

4-42-48 W1B367 48”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 24” 2 None 

4-42-60 W1B368 60”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 30” x 24” 2 None 

4-3-36 W1B374 36”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 12” x 21” 3 None 

4-3-48 W1B375 48”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 16” x 21” 3 None 

4-3-54 W1B376 54”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 18” x 21” 3 None 

4-3-72 W1B377 72”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 21” 3 None 

4-43-60 W1B378 60”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 20” x 24” 3 None 

4-43-72 W1B379 72”W x 27⅟₂”D x 41”H 24” x 24” 3 None 

4-4-48 W1B386 48”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 12” x 21” 4 None 

4-4-60 W1B387 60”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 15” x 21” 4 None 

4-4-72 W1B388 72”W x 24⅟₂”D x 41”H 18” x 21” 4 None 

type 304 series available 

104 



WALL MOUNT HAND SINKS 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel. All seams tig welded and polished. 

• Deep drawn bowl with stamped rim to prevent spillage. 

• Wall mounting bracket, offset design for added strength. 

• 4” faucet on center wall mount faucet included on most models. 

• Stainless steel drain. 

• Stainless steel drain with plastic overflow tube and inlet. 

Model # Dimension Bowl size 

HS-2 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-4 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-5 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-6 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-7 16”W x 15”D x 29”H 14” x 10” 

HS-8 16”W x 15”D x 24”H 14” x 10” 

HS-9 12”W x 17”D x 12”H 9¾” x 11¾” 

HS-10 16”W x 15”D x 20”H 14” x 10” 

HS-20 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 


HS-11 ¹ 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-12 ¹ 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-13 ¹ 16”W x 15”D x 24”H 14” x 10” 

HS-14 ² 16”W x 15”D x 42”H 14” x 10” 

HS-15 ³ 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-16 ³ 16”W x 15”D x 24”H 14” x 10” 

HS-22 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-26L 16”W x 15”D x 14”H 14” x 10” 

HS-30L 12”W x 17”D x 12”H 9¾” x 11¾” 

¹ Electronic faucet 

² Foot pedal faucet 

³ Knee valve faucet 


105


STAINLESS STEEL ECONOMY WORK TABLES 

Features 

•All TIG welded. Exposed weld areas polished to match adjacent surface. 

•Top T is sound deadened. 

d d 

•Roll formed embossed galvanized hat channels are secured to top by 

means of structural adhesive and weld studs. 

•Gussets welded to support hat channels. 

•Top: 16 gauge stainless steel type “430” series. 

•18 gauge galvanized steel shelf. 

•1⅝” diameter tubular galvanized steel leg. Galvanized steel gussets. 1” 

adjustable plastic bullet feet. 


ELAG-242 W1B751 24”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-240 W1B752 30”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-243 W1B753 36”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-244 W1B754 48”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-245 W1B755 60”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-246 W1B756 72”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-247 W1B757 84”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-248 W1B758 96”W x 24”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-300 W1B759 30”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-303 W1B760 36”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-304 W1B761 48”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-305 W1B762 60”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-306 W1B763 72”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-307 W1B764 84”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

ELAG-308 W1B765 96”W x 30”D x 35⅟₂”H 

Table with 1⅟₂” or 5” backsplash available 

WIN WALL SHELVES 

Features 

•18 gauge stainless steel construction. 



SMWS-1224 W2N487 24”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1226 W2N488 36”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1248 W2N489 48”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1260 W2N490 60”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1272 W2N491 72”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1284 W2N492 84”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-1296 W2N493 96”W x 12”D x 8”H 

SMWS-12120 W2N494 120”W x 12”D x 8”H 

106 



WIN DOUBLE DECK SHELVES 

Features 

• All-welded construction. 

• 1⅟₄" tubular stainless steel legs. 

• Units 8 ft. and longer are furnished with 3 sets of tubing supports. 



WDS-400 W2M372 48”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-500 W2M373 60”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-600 W2M374 72”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-700 W2M375 84”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-800 W2M376 96”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-900 W2M377 108”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-1000 W2M378 120”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WDS-1100 W2M379 132”W x 19”D x 32”H 

WWS-1200 W2M380 144”W x 19”D x 32”H 

LOW-TEMPERATURE WAREWASHING MACHINE 

Features 

• Dual NSF listed as both a glasswasher and a dishwasher. 

• Soft start, protects dishes and glasses from chipping or breakage. 

• Two upper, one lower wash/rinse arms. 

• 10⅟₂" glass, stemware and plate clearance. 

• Counter balanced door. 

• Reduced water usage. 

• Low-water tank heat protection. 

• Built-in detergent, rinse-aid, and sanitizer dispensing pumps. 

• Wash pump, 1-hp motor. 

• Fill and drain operation. 

• Thermostatically controlled wash tank heater maintains water at the required temperature. 

• Single phase connection. 


• Fully automatic wash/rinse cycle processes a rack of wares in 90 seconds, 40 racks an hour. 

• Complete with two 20" x 20" racks (one peg & one flat). 


Model # Dimension Capacity Electrical 

MD240LT 24”W x 26”D x 38”H 90 seconds cycle time/40 rack per hour 115/60/1 


107


HIGH-TEMPERATURE WAREWASHING MACHINE WITH 

BOOSTER HEATER 

Features 

• ENERGY STAR® Qualified. 

• Extra low water consumption 0.84 gallons per cycle. 

• 90-second cycle time. 40 racks per hour capacity. 


• Holds 10⅟₂" glass, stemware and plates. 

• Counter balanced door minimizes wear and tear on door supports. 

• Upper and lower wash and rinse arms for superior wash results. 

• 26⅟₂" load height. 

• Complete with two 20" x 20" racks, one peg, one flat. 

• Standard with built-in electrical 40° rise booster heater to ensure 180° final rinse. 



MD240HT 24”W x 26”D x 38”H 90 seconds cycle time/40 rack per hour 208/60/1 

HIGH-TEMPERATURE WAREWASHING MACHINE WITH 

BOOSTER HEATER 

Features 

• ENERGY STAR® Qualified. 

• Extra low water consumption 0.84 gallons per cycle. 

• 90-second cycle time. 40 racks per hour capacity. 


• Holds 10⅟₂" glass, stemware and plates. 

• Counter balanced door minimizes wear and tear on door supports. 

• Upper and lower wash and rinse arms for superior wash results. 

• 26⅟₂" load height. 

• Complete with two 20" x 20" racks, one peg, one flat. 

• Standard with built-in electrical 40° rise booster heater to ensure 180° final rinse. 



MD240HT 24”W x 26”D x 38”H 90 seconds cycle time/40 rack per hour 208/60/1 

108 



LOW TEMPERATURE DOOR-TYPE DISHWASHING 

MACHINE 

Features 

• Uses only 0.93 US gallons of water per cycle. 

• Convertible from straight to corner operation in field. 

• Quick 90 second cycle time, 40 racks per hour. 

• All stainless steel construction 

• Unique spray arm system features upper and lower stainless steel wash arms with 

reinforced end caps. 

• Top mounted controls include built-in chemical pumps and deliming system for 

dealing with scale. 

• Auto start/stop. 

• New integrated scrap tray prevents food soil from entering drain system. 

• Airgap fill system. 

• 17” tall door opening. 



MD2000LT 30⅟₄”W x 30⅟₄”D x 75”H 90 seconds cycle time/40 rack per hour 115/60/1 

HIGH TEMPERATURE DOOR-TYPE DISHWASHING 

MACHINE 

Features 

• Energy Star® Qualified. 

• Convertible from straight to corner operation in field. 

• Built-in booster configured for 40° and 70° rise. 

• Built-in diagnostics. 

• Straight through or corner operation. 

• Capacity 55 racks per hour/60-second cycle. 

• Uses 0.90 gallons of water - wash is replenished by final rinse for less water and 

detergent usage. 

• Interchangeable stainless steel upper/lower wash rinse arms. 

• Door safety switch. 

• Door activated start. 

• Rinse Sentry. 

• Detergent chemical connection. 

• Vent fan control. 

• Automatic drain valve. 

• Complete with two 20" x 20" racks, one peg and one flat. 



MD2000HT 31⅞”W x 28⅜”D x 76”H 60 seconds cycle time/55 rack per hour 208/60/3 


109


LXE SERIES UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER 

Features 

• 0.74 gallons of water per rack. 

• Low chemical alert indicators. 

• Delime notification with cycle. 

• Microcomputer, top mounted controls with digital cycle/temperature display. 

• Revolving upper and lower anti-clogging wash arms. 

• Revolving upper and lower rinse arms. 

• Removable stainless steel scrap screen. 

• Corrosion resistant pump, automatic pumped drain. 

• 17" door opening. 

• Detergent and rinse aid pumps standard (plus sanitizer pump on chemical machine). 

• Two dish racks - one peg and one combination type. 


Chemical sanitation 


LXEC-3 23¹⁵⁄₁₆”W x 25⁹⁄₁₆”D x 32¹⁵⁄₁₆”H 34 rack per hour 120/60/1 

Hot water sanitation 


LXEH-2 23¹⁵⁄₁₆”W x 25⁹⁄₁₆”D x 32¹⁵⁄₁₆”H 32 rack per hour 120/208-240(3W)/60/1 

LXE ADVANSYS SERIES UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER 

Features 

• Low chemical alert indicators. 

• Advanced Service diagnostics. 

• Clogged wash arm sensing. 

• Custom cycle selection – light, normal, heavy. 

• Automated delime cycle – includes booster deliming. 

• Microcomputer, top mounted controls with advanced digital cycle/temperature display. 

• Revolving upper and lower anti-clogging wash arms. 

• Snap in revolving upper and lower rinse arms. 

• Removable stainless steel scrap screen. 

• Corrosion resistant pump. 

• Energy Saver mode. 

• 17" door opening 

• Detergent, rinse aid and delime pumps standard (plus sanitizer pump on chemical 

machine). 

• Two dishracks – one peg and one combination type. 

• Customizable “advansys” button to select favorites function. 

• Auto clean cycle washes down inside of machine at shutdown. 


Chemical sanitation 

Model # Dimension Capacity (light/normal/heavy) Electrical 

LXEPR-3 23¹⁵⁄₁₆”W x 26¾”D x 32¹⁵⁄₁₆”H 38/29/14 rack per hour 120/60/1 

Hot water sanitation 

Model # Dimension Capacity (light/normal/heavy) Electrical 

LXER-2 23¹⁵⁄₁₆”W x 26¾”D x 32¹⁵⁄₁₆”H 30/24/13 rack per hour 120/208-240(3W)/60/1 

110 



AM SELECT DISHWASHER 

Features 

• 0.74 gallons per rack final rinse water. 

• Timed wash cycles for 1, 2, 4 or 6 minutes. 

• Solid state, integrated controls with digital status indicators. 

• Self-draining, high efficiency stainless steel pump and stainless steel impeller. 

• Stainless steel drawn tank, tank shelf, chamber, trim panels, frame and feet. 

• Spring counterbalanced chamber with polyethylene guides. 

• Revolving, interchangeable upper and lower anticlogging wash arms. 

• Revolving, interchangeable upper and lower rinse arms. 

• Slanted, self-locating, one-piece scrap screen and basket system. 

• Automatic fill. 

• Door actuated start. 

• Automatic drain closure. 

• Vent fan control. 

• External booster activation. 

• Delime cycle. 

• Service diagnostics. 

• Straight-through or corner installation. 


Model # Dimension Capacity (hot water/chemical) Electrical 

AM15 27”W x 28⅟₂”D x 66⅟₂”H 58/65 rack per hour 208-240/60/1 

AM15T-1 27”W x 28⅟₂”D x 77⅟₂”H 58/65 rack per hour 208-240/60/1 

LT-1 LOW-TEMP CHEMICAL DISHWASHER 

Features 

• All stainless steel construction including tank, chamber, doors, and frames. 

• 1.7 gallon/rack 140°F water usage. 

• Field adjustable from straight to corner operation. 

• Door cycle switch controls machine operation. 

• Filling machine initially – auto fill after first cycle – Fill time field adjustable. 

• All doors raise and close together and are guided for ease of operation. 

• Solenoid operated positive seating drain valve - open and closed. No water waste. 

• Long life detergent - sanitizer - rinse additive pumps supplied mounted in control 

center. 

• High pressure - All stainless steel revolving, interchangeable upper, and lower ball 

bearing wash/rinse arms. 

• ¾ hp - 3450 RPM pump motor - 45 GPM. 

• Self-flushing stainless steel pump strainer. Large scrap accumulator. 

• Exclusive de-liming cycle. 



LT-1 27”W x 28⅟₂”D x 66⅟₂”H 40 rack per hour 208-240/60/1 


111


WIN DISHTABLES 

Features 

• 16 gauge stainless steel construction. 


Stainless steel sorting tables 

Stainless steel clean “L” shaped dishtables island 

Stainless steel clean dishtables with sinks 

Stainless steel clean straight dishtables 

Stainless steel soil straight dishtables 

Stainless steel undercounter dishtables 

Basket with welded slide bar 

112 




113


114 



WIN CHINESE WOK RANGES 

Features 

• Heavy-duty construction ensures durability. 

• Easy access manually controlled swing faucet. 

• Water-cooled top help control stove top temperature. 

• Stainless steel front, pipe rack, and splash. 

• Standard models available with up to ten chambers. 



Model # Win # Dimension BTU 

WR-100 W1S346 30”W x 45”D x 64”H 100,000 

WR-200 W1S347 54”W x 45”D x 64”H 200,000 

WR-300 W1S348 78”W x 45”D x 64”H 300,000 

WR-400 W1S349 110”W x 45”D x 64”H 400,000 

WR-500 W1S350 141”W x 45”D x 64”H 500,000 

WR-600 W1S351 165”W x 45”D x 64”H 600,000 

WR-700 W1S352 181”W x 45”D x 64”H 700,000 

WR-800 W1S353 204”W x 45”D x 64”H 800,000 

WR-900 W1S354 235”W x 45”D x 64”H 900,000 

WR-1000 W1S355 244”W x 45”D x 64”H 1,000,000 

How to select and design length of a chinese wok range? 

1) Decide number of chambers. 

2) Decide each chamber diameter. (chamber diameter = wok diameter minus 2") 

3) Distance between chambers is 8", each ends of the stove is 5". 

4) Then sum up all lengths. 


115


WIN CHINESE PORK ROASTER/SMOKER 

Features 

•Heavy duty all welded steel construction. 

•Complete insulation ensures energy efficiency. 

•Stainless steel front, side, back and top. 

•Stainless steel exhaust flue. 

•Two convenient cooking levels. 

•One year limited warranty. 



WSH-100 W1S307 24”W x 24”D x 67”H 

WSH-200 W1S308 30”W x 24”D x 67”H 

WSH-300 W1S309 36”W x 24”D x 67”H 

WSH-400 W1S310 30”W x 30”D x 67”H 

WIN MONGOLIAN BARBEQUE RANGE 

Features 

•Attractive & heavy-duty barbecue for exhibition cooking. 

•Polished ¾" griddle plate. 

•Stainless steel gutter surrounds griddle plate for easy cleaning. 

•“L”-L 

Shaped handle for easy temperature control. 

•Sturdy, S/S adjustable legs. 

•Heavy-duty combustion chamber, equipped with 120,000 to 300,000 BTU duck 

burner. 

•Equipped with safety valves acceptable for use in all states. 

•Optional opening at center (60" above). 

•One year limited warranty. 



WBQ-3C W1U139 36” diameter x 37”H 




116 



WIN BUFFET TABLE 

Features 

• Available in self-contained refrigerated (WBFCTS series), icecooled 

(WBFCT series) and hot (WBFHT series). 

• Stainless steel front, side, back and top. 




117


STAINLESS STEEL DISH CABINETS 

Features 

•T-304 18 ga. Stainless Steel 

• 1-5/8” x 6” Adjustable S/S Leg 

• 34-3/4” 3/4” Overall Height 

• Legs Adjust 1” in Height 

• Fixed Intermediate Shelf 


BKDC-1536 W2N466 36”W x 15”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1548 W2N467 48”W x 15”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1560 W2N468 60”W x 15”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1572 W2N469 72”W x 15”D x 34-3/4”H3/4”H 

BKDC-1836 W2N470 36”W x 18”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1848 W2N471 48”W x 18”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1860 W2N472 60”W x 18”D x 34-3/4”H 

BKDC-1872 W2N473 72”W x 18”D x 34-3/4”H 

WIN STAINLESS STEEL URN STAND AND WAITER STATION 

Features 

•Heavy-duty stainless steel. 

•All welded construction. 


118 


FOOD PREPARATION 

THE EDGE12 SLICER 

Features 

• 1-Speed, ⅟₂ hp knife drive motor. 

• Poly-V belt drive system. 

• 45° product table. 

• Sanitary anodized aluminum base. 

• Anodized aluminum carriage and knife cover. 

• Gauge plate interlock. 

• Carriage system interlock. 

• Removable carriage system. 

• 12" diameter chrome-plated carbon steel knife. 

• Top-mounted borazon stone sharpener. 

• Permanent knife ring guard. 

• Removable product deflector. 

• Rear-Mounted Removable Meat Grip with contoured handle. 

• One year warranty (excluding wear items). 

Model # Dimension Cutting capacity Electrical 

EDGE12-1 23.62”W x 23.62”D x 22.44”H Up to 10" wide by 7⅟₂" high or 8⅟₄" diameter 120/60/1 

EDGE12-2 23.62”W x 23.62”D x 22.44”H Up to 10" wide by 7⅟₂" high or 8⅟₄" diameter 220-240/50-60/1 

HS6N SLICER 

Features 

• 13" CleanCut knife. 

• Removable ring guard cover. 

• Zero knife exposure. 

• Heavy-gauge stainless steel knife cover. 

• Top-mounted borazon stone sharpener. 

• ⅟₂ hp knife drive motor. 

• No-volt release. 

• Burnished aluminum base. 

• Machined grooves on gauge plate and knife cover. 

• Exclusive tilting, removable carriage system. 

• Electroless nickel plated single slide rod with reservoir wick in transport. 

• Double-action indexing cam. 

• Spring kickstand. 

• Ergonomic-style handle. 

• Rear-mounted, removable meat/vegetable grip arm. 

• One year parts and labor warranty (including knife). Lifetime guarantee on 

Borazon stones in the sharpening system. 

Model # Dimension Cutting capacity Electrical 

HS6N-1 30⁵⁄₁₆”W x 24⅝”D x 25⅟₂”H Up to 12" wide or 7⅟₂" diameter 120/60/1 

HS7N-1 30⁵⁄₁₆”W x 24⅝”D x 27⅟₄”H Up to 12" wide or 7⅟₂" diameter 120/60/1 

HS8N-1 30⁵⁄₁₆”W x 24⅝”D x 25⅟₂”H Up to 12" wide or 7⅟₂" diameter 120/60/1 

HS9N-1 30⁵⁄₁₆”W x 24⅝”D x 27⅟₄”H Up to 12" wide or 7⅟₂" diameter 120/60/1 


119


ECONOMY SERIES MANUAL SLICER 

Features 

• Medium duty, intermediate volume slicer. 

• 12” precision slicing German hollow ground blade. 

• Unique drip tray fence redirects liquids away from controls and operator 

towards distinctive concaved base casting for easy cleaning. 

• Ergonomic comfort design operation. 

• Powerful ⅟₄ hp motor standard. 

• Adjustable slice thickness from 0 to ⅟₂”. 

• Capable of slicing a small amounts cheese. 

• Easily removable sharpener for cleaning. 

• Quick and simple disassembly of carriage and feed grip for easy and 

thorough cleaning. 

• Sanitary polished & anodized aluminum construction. 

• Carriage easily detaches for ease of washing and sanitizing. 


Model # Dimension Blade size Cutting capacity Electrical 

4610 23¾”W x 18⅟₄”D x 16”H 10” diameter Up to 8“ x 5“ or 7" diameter 115/60/1 

4612 23¾”W x 18⅟₄”D x 16”H 12” diameter Up to 8“ x 5⅟₄“ or 8" diameter 115/60/1 

PREMIUM SERIES SLICER 

Features 

• Heavy duty, high volume slicer. 

• 13” Precision slicing German hollow ground blade. 

• Unique drip tray fence redirects liquids away from controls and operator 

towards distinctive concaved base casting for easy cleaning. 

• Ergonomic comfort design operation. 

• Gear driven blade. 

• Powerful ⅟₂ hp motor standard. 

• Adjustable slice thickness from 0 to ⅞”. 

• Capable of slicing ample amounts of cheese. 

• Easily removable sharpener for cleaning. 

• Quick and simple disassembly of carriage and feed grip for easy and 

thorough cleaning. 

• Sanitary polished & anodized aluminum construction. 

• Carriage easily detaches for ease of washing and sanitizing. 


Model # Dimension Type Cutting capacity Electrical 

1000M 32”W x 24”D x 20⅟₂”H Manual Up to 10⅟₄ “ x 6“ or 8" diameter 115/60/1 

1000S 32”W x 24”D x 20⅟₂”H Automatic Up to 10⅟₄ “ x 6“ or 8" diameter 115/60/1 

8713M 30”W x 22⅟₂”D x 22”H Manual Up to 10“ x 6⅟₂“ or 9" diameter 115/60/1 

8713S 30”W x 22⅟₂”D x 22”H Automatic Up to 10“ x 6⅟₂“ or 9" diameter 115/60/1 

120 



C-SERIES COMPACT MANUAL SLICER 

Features 

• 0 to ⁹⁄₁₆'' slice thickness. 

• Motor overload protection with manual reset. 

• Oversized positive traction grooved belt drive. 

• Smooth stainless steel ball bearing chute slide. 

• Angled gravity feed chute. 

• Ergonomically designed, dual purpose handle. 

• Power indicator light. 

• Anodized aluminum construction with seamless edges and radius corners. 

• Lightweight and compact Italian space-saving design. 

• Hard chromed, special alloy hollow ground knife. 

• Top mounted, all metal knife sharpener. 

• Removable, easy-to-clean chute, slice deflector, knife cover, and sharpener. 

• Metal bottom enclosure 

• Moisture proof, easy-to-clean On/Off switch 

• Sealed splash zones for added sanitation and protection of electronics. 


Model # Win # Dimension Knife size Motor Electrical 

C9 W2D401 16¾”W x 16⅝”D x 14⅟₄”H 9" diameter ⅟₄ hp 115/60/1 

C10 W2D402 17⅟₄”W x 17⅞”D x 15”H 10" diameter ⅟₄ hp 115/60/1 

C12 W2D403 23⅟₂”W x 19⅜”D x 17⅟₂”H 12" diameter ⅓ hp 115/60/1 

G-SERIES MEDIUM DUTY MANUAL SLICER 

Features 

• 0 to ⁹⁄₁₆'' slice thickness. 

• Motor overload protection with manual reset. 

• Oversized positive traction grooved belt drive. 

• Knife cover interlock. 

• Ergonomically designed, dual purpose handle. 

• Smooth stainless steel ball bearing chute slide. 

• 35° angled food chute. 

• No voltage release relay system. 

• Power indicator light. 

• Hard chromed, special alloy hollow ground knife. 

• Anodized aluminum construction with seamless edges and radius corners. 

• Large food carriage and product receiving area. 

• Top mounted all metal knife sharpener. 

• Removable, easy-to-clean chute, slice deflector, knife cover & sharpener. 

• Metal bottom enclosure. 

• Permanently attached knife ring guard. 

• Moisture proof, easy-to-clean On/Off switch. 

• Sealed splash zones for added sanitation and protection of electronics. 


Model # Dimension Knife size Motor Electrical 

G10 22⅟₂”W x 19⅟₄”D x 17”H 10" diameter ⅓ hp 115/60/1 

G12 25⅟₄”W x 19⅟₄”D x 17”H 12" diameter ⅟₂ hp 115/60/1 

G12 28”W x 20”D x 18”H 14" diameter ⅟₂ hp 115/60/1 


121


PREMIUM HEAVY-DUTY MANUAL SLICER 

Features 

• 13'' PreciseEdge hardened steel alloy knife blade with Rockwell 60/62 hardness 

which maximizes tip-edge-holding ability. 

• Exclusive stainless steel construction, with superior corrosion resistance against acids 

found in fruit, meats and vegetables. 

• Best of the Best, EZ-Glide slice system. 

• No-drip base with Marine edge redirects liquids to center of base away from controls 

and operator. 

• Precise slice-thickness adjustment, one-piece handle, gear driven and gasket-sealed. 

• Carriage angle: 45°, full gravity feed. 

• 2° angled drip groove on the slicer table directs the flow of liquids to the base. 

• 12'' long chute with 3 lb. stainless steel end weight. 

• Powerful ⅟₂ HP, 7 amp continuous use motor. 

• High-performance gear knife drive. 

• Maintenance-free drive system. 

• Permanently attached knife ring guard with removable slice deflector. 

• One year labor, two tear parts warranty. 15 years warranty on the knife drive gears. 

Model # Dimension Knife size Motor Electrical 

3600N 26⁷⁄₁₀”W x 23”D x 23²⁄₅”H 13" diameter ⅟₂ hp 115/60/1 

4600N 26⁷⁄₁₀”W x 23”D x 23²⁄₅”H 13" diameter ⅟₂ hp 115/60/1 

MEAT CHOPPER 

Features 

• ⅟₂ H.P. motor. 

• Manual ON/OFF switch. 

• 6 foot cord & plug. 

• 174 RPM transmission. 

• Stainless steel housing. 

• Stainless steel legs with rubber feet. 

• Spiral-fluted chopping end. 

• Stay-Sharp knife. 

• Steel plate. 

• Plastic feed stomper. 


4812+BUILDUP 11⅜”W x 24”D x 23⅟₄”H 8 pounds per minute 120/60/1 

4822+BUILDUP 11⅜”W x 29⅞”D x 23⅟₄”H 12-20 pounds per minute 120/60/1 

122 



MEAT & FOOD GRINDER WITH #12 HUB 

Features 

• Medium duty meat & food grinder. 

• Grinds 8 to 12 lbs. per minute on 1st grind with a ³⁄₁₆” plate. 

• 1 HP motor. 

• 1” wide poly “V” belt drive. 

• Compact yet powerful design. 

• Perfect for large schools, nursing homes, restaurants, and small to medium 

butcher shops. 

• Comes ready to grind with a ³⁄₁₆ plate, 

• “X”-knife, large 12 x 20 inch stainless steel feed pan and aluminum stomper. 

• Cord and plug. 

• One year parts & labor warranty. 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity Electrical 

MG8912 W1O422 12⅟₂”W x 17”D x 22”H 8 to 12 lb per minute 115/60/1 

MG22 W1S061 22”W x 35”D x 21”H 25 lb per minute 115/60/1 

MEAT GRINDER 

Features 

• Energy efficient motor and precision gear drive. 

• Excellent fit and finish with no sharp corners or seams. 

• Forward and reverse switch. 

• Reliable under the most demanding conditions. 

• Attractive, compact design suitable for any open kitchen or supermarket. 

• Supplied with ⅛ and ⁵⁄₁₆ grinder plates. 

• Perfect for butchers, supermarkets, Asian restaurants, delis, and pizza shops. 

• Convenient top-mounted carrying handle. 

• All front pieces are dishwasher safe. 

• No. 12 unit features 1 HP motor. 

• No. 22 unit features 1⅟₂ HP motor. 


40743 W1Y169 10³⁄₁₆”W x 15¾”D x 19⁷⁄₁₆”H 264 lb per hour 110/60/1 

40744 W1Y170 10¹³⁄₁₆”W x 20⅟₄”D x 24⅟₄”H 264 lb per hour 110/60/1 


123


LEGACY ALL-PURPOSE MIXER 

Features 

• Gear transmission. 

• Shift-on-the-Fly controls. 

• Patented soft start agitation technology. 

• SmartTimer. 

• Automatic time recall. 

• Large, easy-to-reach controls. 

• Single point bowl installation. 

• Ergonomic swing-out bowl. 

• #12 taper attachment hub. 

• Open base. 

• Stainless steel bowl guard. 

• Metallic gray hybrid powder coat finish. 

• One year warranty on parts and labor. 

Model # Dimension Capacity # of speed Motor 

HL120 19⅛”W x 22⅞”D x 29”H 12 quarts (3) Fixed + stir speed ⅟₂ hp 

HL200 19⅛”W x 22⅞”D x 29”H 20 quarts (3) Fixed + stir speed ⅟₂ hp 

HL300 26⅜”W x 30”D x 49¾”H 30 quarts (3) Fixed + stir speed ¾ hp 

HL400 26⅜”W x 30⅟₄”D x 49⅞”H 40 quarts (3) Fixed + stir speed 1⅟₂ hp 

HL600 28.647”W x 40.658”D x 61.302”H 60 quarts (4) Fixed + stir speed 2.7 hp 

HL800 30.224”W x 45.921”D x 64.625”H 80 quarts (4) Fixed + stir speed 3 hp 

HL1400 27.25”W x 47.108”D x 67.625”H 140 quarts (4) Fixed + stir speed 5 hp 

LEGACY PIZZA MIXER 

Features 

• Gear transmission. 

• Two fixed agitator speeds. 

• Shift-on-the-Fly controls. 

• Patented soft start agitation technology. 

• 50-miunte SmartTimer. 

• Automatic time recall. 

• Large, easy-to-reach controls. 

• Single point bowl installation. 

• Ergonomic swing-out bowl. 

• #12 taper attachment hub. 

• Open base. 

• Stainless steel bowl guard. 

• Metallic gray hybrid powder coat finish. 

• One year warranty on parts and labor. 

Model # Dimension Capacity # of speed Motor 

HL600 28.647”W x 40.658”D x 61.302”H 60 quarts (2) Fixed Agitator Speeds 2.7 hp 

124 



PLANETARY MIXER 

Features 

• Variable speed drive: 4 fixed speeds or any speed in-between. 

• Change speeds without having to stop the mixer. 

• Two-piece, stainless steel, dishwasher safe safety guard. 

• Heavy-duty stainless steel bowl. 

• #12 Power Take-Off (PTO) hub. 

• Interlock switches protect operator from injury if safety guard is 

open or bowl is lowered. 

• Hardened alloy gears in transmission. 

• Durable NSF approved hybrid epoxy/polyester powder coat finish. 


Model # Dimension Capacity Motor 

SRM12 19”W x 27”D x 30”H 12 quarts ⅓ hp 

SRM20 20⅟₄”W x 27⅜”D x 35⅟₂”H 20 quarts ⅟₂ hp 

SRM30+ 22.44”W x 32.94”D x 49”H 30 quarts 1 hp 

SRM40+ 22.44”W x 32.94”D x 49”H 40 quarts 1 hp 

SRM60+ 30”W x 42.5”D x 56”H 60 quarts 3 hp 

SRM80+ 31⅟₂”W x 44⅟₂”D x 58”H 80 quarts 3 hp 

FLOOR MODEL PIZZA MIXER 

Features 






• Interlock switches protect operator from injury if safety guard is open or bowl is 

lowered. 


• Low voltage protection prevents accidental start up after power failure. 




SRM60H+PM 31⅟₂”W x 44⅟₂”D x 58”H 60 quarts 3 hp 


125


PLANETARY MIXER 

Features 






• Interlock switches protect operator from injury if safety guard is 

open or bowl is lowered. 




Model # Win # Dimension Capacity # of speed Motor 

GEM110 W2J066 16.14”W x 19.09”D x 25”H 10 quarts (3) Speed ⅟₂ hp 

GEM120 W2I274 27.55”W x 23.62”D x 30.7”H 20 quarts (3) Speed 1⅟₂ hp 

GEM130 W2K178 24.41”W x 27.55”D x 47.24”H 30 quarts (3) Speed 2 hp 

FOOD CUTTER 

Features 

• One-piece burnished aluminum housing. 

• 1725 RPM knife rotation. 

• Bowl cover safety interlock. 

• Double cutlery grade stainless steel knives. 

• Pull/push on/off switch. 

• 3" stainless steel legs with rubber feet. 

• 6' flexible cord and plug. 


Model # Dimension Capacity Bowl size Bowl rotation RPM Motor 

84145 31⅞”W x 19¹⁵⁄₁₆”D x 15⅛”H 5 lb 14” diameter 22 ⅟₂ hp 

84186 33¾”W x 22⅟₂”D x 17⅟₂”H 15 lb 18” diameter 20 1 hp 

126 



FOOD CUTTER 

Features 

• Perfect for pulled pork, parsley, root vegetables, meat, cheese, 

breads, spreads, dips, and salads. 

• Cutlery grade Stainless steel twin blades. 

• Built in #12 PTO hub for use with optional PTO attachments. 

• Polished and anodized aluminum body. 

• Simple operation. Illuminated momentary start/stop push button. 

• Bowl cover interlock prevents unit from running when cover is not 

closed and locked. 

• Bowl sensing switch prevents operation without bowl present. 



Bowl rotation RPM Motor 

BC14 28”W x 18”D x 16”H 14” diameter 24 ⅟₂ hp 

BC18 34⅟₂”W x 23⅟₂”D x 21”H 18” diameter 22 1 hp 

PEELER 

Features 

• ⅓ hp motor with manual reset thermal overload protection. 

• Satin stainless steel finish housing. 

• 4 minute timer. 

• Removable NSF Lexan liner. 

• Removable 14¾" silicon carbide abrasive disk. 

• Stainless steel drive shaft 

• Removable cam-type pressure lock-in hopper door. 

• Heavy duty molded polyester plastic lock-in hopper cover. 

• Resilient Buna S rubber trim molding. 

• Rear mounted water inlet with 5' fill hose. 

• Cord and plug (115/60/1). 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity Motor 

6115 W1S949 16⅟₂”W x 21”D x 28⅜”H 15 lbs ⅟₂ hp 


127


PEELER 

Features 

• Stainless steel housing for durability. 

• Silicon carbide abrasive disk easily removed for cleaning. 

• Stainless steel drive shaft. 

• Gray molded, heavy-duty hopper cover with opening to monitor 

product. 

• Peels 30 lbs. (Model 6430) or 50-60 lbs. (Model 6460) in one to 

three minutes 

• Heavy-duty motors for high volume, long life. 

• V-belt direct speed drive. 


• NSF approved removable Lexan liner. 

• Synchronous 5 minute timer (single phase only). 

Shown with optional peel strainer and trap. 


6430 21”W x 27⅟₄”D x 36⁵⁄₁₆”H 30 lbs ¾ hp 

6460 21”W x 27⅟₄”D x 36⁵⁄₁₆”H 50-60 lbs 1 hp 

VEGETABLE PEELER 

Features 

• Stainless steel housing for durability. 

• Silicon carbide abrasive disk easily removed for cleaning. 

• Stainless steel drive shaft. 

• Gray molded, heavy-duty hopper cover with opening to monitor 

product. 

• Peels 30 lbs. (Model 6430) or 50-60 lbs. (Model 6460) in one to 

three minutes 

• Heavy-duty motors for high volume, long life. 

• V-belt direct speed drive. 


• NSF approved removable Lexan liner. 

• Synchronous 5 minute timer (single phase only). 

Model # Win # Dimension Capacity Motor 

G-PEELER W1O423 15⅟₄”W x 27”H 20 lbs ⅓ hp 

128 



FOOD PROCESSOR 

Features 

• Red OFF, green ON button. 

• Compact design. 

• Angled front. 

• Planetary drive. 

• All aluminum hopper and housing. 

• Interlock switch. 


Model FP100 shown 

Model # Dimension Hopper size Capacity Motor 

FP100 8¹³⁄₁₆”W x 16¹¹⁄₁₆”D x 19⅟₂”H Half size 660 lbs per hour ⅓ hp 

FP150 8⅟₄”W x 19⅝”D x 20⅟₄”H Full size 750 lbs per hour ⅟₂ hp 

FP250 9¹³⁄₁₆”W x 17¾”D x 23¹⁄₁₆”H Full size 1,020 lbs per hour ¾ HP 

FP300 10⁵⁄₁₆”W x 21⅞”D x 23⁷⁄₁₆”H Half size 990 lbs per hour 1 hp 

FP350 10⁷⁄₁₆”W x 21⅞”D x 29⁵⁄₁₆”H Full size 1,560 lbs per hour 1 hp 

VERTICAL CUTTER/MIXER 

Features 

• Durable steel base with epoxy enamel finish. 

• Electromechanical safety interlocks. 

• Start/stop push button switches. 

• 5 minute timer with “Hold” and “Jog” settings. 

• Counterbalanced clear Lexan® polycarbonate bowl cover with 

stainless steel support bar. 

• Bowl tilt lever. 

• Stainless steel mixing baffle with pour-through center shaft. 

• 2 blade cut/mix knife. 

• Knead/mix attachment. 

• Polypropylene strainer basket. 

• 6' power cable, plug and receptacle. 

Model # Dimension Bowl size Motor 

HCM450 23⅜”W x 22⅟₄”D x 41¾”H 45 Quart 5 hp 

BOWL-STYLE FOOD PROCESSOR 

Features 

• Patented bowl scraper and integrated lid wiping system. 

• Durable polysulphone cover with bowl gasket. 

• Hobart COOLCUTTER knives. 

• Knife speed of 1,725 RPM. 

• Triple safety interlock. 

• User-friendly controls. 

• Compact design. 

• Anodized aluminum base with powder-coated top cover. 

Model # Dimension Bowl size Motor 

HCM61 12”W x 13⅟₂”D x 18⅟₂”H 6 Quart 1⅟₂ hp 


129


STANDARD SERIES UNDERBAR FREESTANDING SINKS 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sink bowl. 10” x 14” x 7” deep bowl. 1⅟₂” radius on all vertical 

and horizontal corners. Furnished with a 1⅟₂” stainless steel drain. 

• 22 gauge stainless steel front apron and backsplash. 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sides. 

• 20 gauge galvanized steel back and bottom. 

• 1⅝” tubular 16 gauge galvanized steel legs with grey plastic bullet foot. 

• 4” center wall mount faucet (1800 series). 

Model # Win # Dimension # of bowl 

18-1C W1E203 12”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (1) 

18-12DST ¹ W2J798 12”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (1) 

18-18ST ¹ W1Y696 18”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (1) 

4” center deck mount faucet available (2100 series) 

¹ with soap and towel dispenser 

18-1C shown. 

18-18ST shown. 

STANDARD SERIES UNDERBAR BAR SINKS 

18-63C shown. 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sink bowl. 10” x 14” x 10” deep bowl. 1⅟₂” radius on all 

vertical and horizontal corners. Furnished with 1” stainless steel drain and 7⅟₂” 

standpipe. Drain located in left rear corner. 

• 20 gauge embossed stainless steel drainboard reinforced with welded braces 

every 6 inches. ¾” radius on all vertical and horizontal edges. 

• 22 gauge stainless steel front apron and backsplash. 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sides. 




18-32L shown. 

Model # Dimension # of bowl Drainboard 

18-21L 24”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (1) 12” right 

18-31C 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (1) 12” left & right 

18-32L 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) 12” right 

18-32R 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) 12” left 

18-42L 48”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) 24” right 

18-42R 48”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (2) 24” left 


18-33 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (3) None 

18-43L 48”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (3) 12” right 

18-43R 48”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H (3) 12” left 









130 



ROYAL SERIES UNDERBAR SINKS 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sink bowl. 10” x 14” x 7” deep bowl with 1” IPS drain in center. 

• 20 gauge stainless steel clad over 20 gauge galvanized steel front apron. 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sides backsplash and sides. 




KR18-1C shown. 

Model # Dimension # of bowl 

KR18-1C 12”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 

KR18-1CD 12”W x 24”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 

KR18-12DST ¹ 12”W x 24”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 

KR18-18DST ¹ 18”W x 24”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 

KR18-18ST ¹ 18”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 

KR18-18WST ¹ 18”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 


¹ with soap and towel dispenser 

ROYAL SERIES UNDERBAR BAR SINKS 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel sink bowl. 10” x 14” x 10” deep sink bowl. Furnished with 

1” IPS rear corner drain and 7⅟₂” overflow pipe. 

• 20 gauge stainless steel drainboard reinforced with welded braces every 6”. 


• 20 gauge stainless steel backsplash. 




Model # Dimension # of bowl Drainboard 

KR18-31C 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (1) 12” left & right 

KR18-22C 24”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (2) None 

KR18-32L 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (2) 12” left 

KR18-32R 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (2) 12” right 

KR18-42L 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (2) 24” left 



KR18-33C 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (3) None 

KR18-43L 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (3) 12” left 






KR18-44C 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H (4) None 




4” center deck mount faucet available (Royal 2100 series) 




131


STANDARD SERIES UNDERBAR ICE BINS 

Features 

• Cast aluminum post mix plate with 7 circuits. Plate is sealed into bottom. Each circuit is ⁵⁄₁₆” OD stainless steel tubing. Two full 

with remainder to be half circuits. Bump and swedge fittings on ends. 





• 20 gauge stainless steel interior. 

18-24 shown. 

ROYAL SERIES UNDERBAR ICE BINS 

Model # Dimension Ice bin depth Cold plate circuit 

18-24 24”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” None 

18-30 30”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” None 

18-36 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” None 

18-24-7 24”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” (7) 

18-30-7 30”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” (7) 

18-36-7 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 12” (7) 

18-24DP 24”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” None 

18-30DP 30”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” None 

18-36DP 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” None 

18-24DP-7 24”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” (7) 

18-30DP-7 30”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” (7) 

18-36DP-7 36”W x 18⅟₂”D x 34”H 15” (7) 

21” overall depth available (2100 series) 

Features 

• 20 gauge stainless steel interior. 

• Cast aluminum post mix plate with 10 circuits. Plate is sealed into bottom. Each circuit is ⁵⁄₁₆” OD stainless steel tubing. Two full with 

remainder to be half circuits. Bump and swedge fittings on ends. 





• Foamed-in-place polyurethane insulation. 

Model # Dimension Ice bin depth Cold plate circuit 

KR18-24 24”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” None 

KR18-30 30”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” None 

KR18-36 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” None 

KR18-42 42”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” None 

KR18-48 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” None 

KR18-24-10 24”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” (10) 

KR18-30-10 30”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” (10) 

KR18-36-10 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” (10) 

KR18-42-10 42”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” (10) 

KR18-48-10 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 12” (10) 

KR18-24DP 24”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 15” None 




KR18-24 shown. 

KR18-24DP-10 24”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 15” (10) 

KR18-30DP-10 30”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 15” (10) 

KR18-36DP-10 36”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 15” (10) 

KR18-48DP-10 48”W x 19”D x 36⅟₂”H 15” (10) 

21” overall depth available (Royal 2100 series) 

132 



KOFFEE KING® COFFEE BREWER 

Features 

• Ready-to-Brew light indicates the proper water temperature to help eliminate the 

guesswork in brewing. 

• Premium quality thermostat has a full-length stainless steel sensing bulb that recognizes 

water temperature accurately and cycles less frequently. 

• One piece drawn stainless steel water tank has a superior design for extended life. 

• Superior sprayhead design spreads water over the coffee grounds, creating agitation 

and a floating action that completely saturates the coffee to capture the full, rich 

essence of every bean. 

• Porcelain enameled warmer plates position decanters securely and, with no exposed 

screwheads, will not scratch or scrape decanters. 

• High quality easy to clean stainless steel construction. 

Model 8572 shown. 

Model # Dimension Type Warmer Electrical 

8542 8¾”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Pour-over (1) lower 120V/1 phase/1,600 watts 

8543 8¾”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Pour-over (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1 phase/1,700 watts 

8571 8¹¹⁄₁₆”W x 14”D x 16¾”H Pour-over (3) lower 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8572 ² 16⅟₄”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (3) lower 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8572L ¹ ² 16⅟₄”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (3) lower 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8573 16⅟₄”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (3) lower 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8574 ² 16⅟₄”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (3) lower 115/230V/1 phase/3,800 watts 

8540 ² 8¾”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1 phase/1,700 watts 

8541 8¾”W x 14”D x 16⅞”H Automatic (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1 phase/1,700 watts 

¹ stepped left 

² with hot water faucet 

GOURMET 1000 AIRPORT COFFEE BREWER 

Features 

• Ready-to-Brew light indicates the proper water temperature to help eliminate the 

guesswork in brewing. 

• Premium quality thermostat has a full-length stainless steel sensing bulb that recognizes 

water temperature accurately and cycles less frequently. 

• One piece drawn stainless steel water tank has a superior design for extended life. 

• Superior sprayhead design spreads water over the coffee grounds, creating agitation 

and a floating action that completely saturates the coffee to capture the full, rich 

essence of every bean. 


• Rugged base rails provide stability and strength, while minimizing brewer height and 

locating placement of airpot. 


Model # Dimension Type Electrical 

8783 10”W x 14”D x 24”H Pour-over 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8785 10”W x 14”D x 21⅟₂”H Pour-over 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8785XL 10”W x 14”D x 17¾”H Pour-over 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8782 ¹ 9⅝”W x 17¹⁄₁₆”D x 21¾”H Automatic 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8782XL ¹ 9⅝”W x 17¹⁄₁₆”D x 17¾”H Automatic 120V/1 phase/1,800 watts 

8792 ¹ 16⁵⁄₁₆”W x 17⅟₄”D x 21¹¹⁄₁₆”H Automatic 120/240V/1 phase/4,000 watts 

8793 ¹ 16⁵⁄₁₆”W x 17⅟₄”D x 21¹¹⁄₁₆”H Automatic 115/230V/1 phase/7,000 watts 

¹ with hot water faucet 


133


AUTOMATIC SATELLITE COFFEE BREWERS 

Features 

• Proven electro-mechanical controls provide simplicity of brewing and exceptional quality 

coffee. 

• The two brewing volumes of 1 gallon and 1⅟₂ gallon will accommodate fluctuations in demand. 

• The externally heated satellites have a flush mounted sight gauge and a new compact size. 

• Exclusive design provides easy access to components for quick efficient service. 

• Ready-To-Brew light indicates the proper water temperature to help eliminate the guesswork 

in brewing. 

• Premium quality thermostat has a full-length stainless steel sensing bulb that recognizes water 

temperature accurately and cycles less frequently. 

• Independent front-mounted hot water faucet allows drawing of hot water without affecting 

coffee taste or brewing cycle. 

• Unique water valve with built-in flow control assures consistent operation at 20-80 psi. 

• Superior spray head design spreads water over the coffee grounds, creating agitation and a 

floating action that completely saturates the coffee to capture the full, rich essence of every 

bean. 

• Liquid level sensor and brew valve perform consistently with low or fluctuating water 

pressures. 




9121 10”W x 19⅟₂”D x 29⁵⁄₁₆”H 120V/1 phase/1,650 watts 

9221 19⅛”W x 16⅟₂”D x 29⁵⁄₁₆”H 120/208-240V/1 phase/4,700/6,250 watts 

POUROVER COFFEE BREWER 

Features 


• SplashGard® funnel deflects hot liquids away from the hand. 

• Pourover brewer requires no plumbing – completely portable. 

Model VP17-3 shown. 

Model # Dimension Warmer Electrical 

VP17-1-0001 8⅟₂”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 17⁴⁄₅”H (1) lower 120V/1,600 watts 

VP17-1-0011 ¹ 8⅟₂”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 17⁴⁄₅”H (1) lower 120V/1,600 watts 

VP17-2-0002 8”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 18⁹⁄₁₀”H (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1,600 watts 

VP17-2-0012 ¹ 8”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 18⁹⁄₁₀”H (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1,600 watts 

VP17-3-0004 8”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 18⁹⁄₁₀”H (1) lower & (2) upper 120V/1,670 watts 

VP17-3-0003 16”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 17⁸⁄₂₅”H (3) lower 120V/1,670 watts 

VP17-3-0013 ¹ 16”W x 17⁷⁄₁₀”D x 17⁸⁄₂₅”H (3) lower 120V/1,670 watts 

¹ black finish 

134 



AUTOMATIC COFFEE BREWER 

Features 


• SplashGard® funnel deflects hot liquids away from the hand. 

• Hot water faucet and pourover feature. 

Model CRTF5-35 shown. 

Model # Dimension Warmer Electrical 

CWTF15-1-0293 8⅟₂”W x 20¹³⁄₂₀”D x 19”H (1) lower 120V/1,470 watts 

CWTF15-2-0211 8⅟₂”W x 20¹³⁄₂₀”D x 19”H (1) lower & (1) upper 120V/1,570 watts 

CWTF15-3-0213 8⅟₂”W x 20¹³⁄₂₀”D x 19”H (1) lower & (2) upper 120V/1,670 watts 

CRTF5-35-0023 24⅟₂”W x 20⁷⁄₁₀”D x 16.77”H (5) lower 120/208-240V/4,050 watts 

AUTOMATIC COFFEE BREWER 

Features 

• Brews directly into 1.9 to 3 litre airpots. 

• Convenient airpots keep coffee hot and fresh for hours. 

• Airpots are easily transported to remote meeting rooms, breakfast bars, etc. 

• Digital timer enables users to make brew cycle adjustments from the front panel. 

Model CW15-APS shown. 

Model CWTF-APS shown. 

Model # Dimension Brewing capacity Electrical 

CW15-APS-0000 6⁹⁄₁₀”W x 18⅟₂”D x 24”H 3.8 gallon per hour 120V/1,370 watts 

CWT15-APS-0003 6⁹⁄₁₀”W x 18⅟₂”D x 24”H 3.8 gallon per hour 120V/1,370 watts 

CWTF15-APS-0006 6⁹⁄₁₀”W x 18⅟₂”D x 24”H 3.8 gallon per hour 120V/1,370 watts 

CWTF20-APS-0007 6⁹⁄₁₀”W x 18⅟₂”D x 24”H 5.1 gallon per hour 120V/1,850 watts 

CWTF35-APS-0008 6⁹⁄₁₀”W x 18⅟₂”D x 24”H 7.5 gallon per hour 120/208-240V/3,550 watts 

CWTF-APS-0041 16”W x 19.72”D x 23.81”H 15 gallon per hour 120/240V/6,250 watts 


135


COFFEE BREWERS WITH PORTABLE SERVERS 

Features 

• Brews ⅟₂, 1, or 1⅟₂ gallon batches. 

• Patented server heat control automatically shuts off once target temperature is 

reached. Can be set to 175° - 190°F 

• Electronic grinder interface communicates to grinder on exact amount of coffee 

for selected brew batch size. 

• Remote 1 or 2 server docking stations for additional satellite coffee serving. 

• Safety-Fresh® patented brew-through lid with vapor seal and spill prevention. 

• Variable batch selector knob lets you brew large batches or small servings. 

Model SH-DUAL shown. 

Model SH-SINGLE shown. 

Model # Dimension Brewing capacity Electrical 

SH-SINGLE-0001 9.3”W x 24.3”W x 35.8”H 10.6 gallon per hour 120/208V/3,800 watts 

SH-SINGLE-0002 9.3”W x 24.3”W x 35.8”H 11.4 gallon per hour 120/240V/4,300 watts 

SH-SINGLE-0009 9.3”W x 24.3”W x 35.8”H 5.1 gallon per hour 120V/2,100 watts 

SH-DUAL-0001 18”W x 22.4”D x 35.8”H 16.3 gallon per hour 120/208V/5,900 watts 



AIRPOT COFFEE BREWING SYSTEM 

Features 

• User friendly touchscreen, access all controls via an inviting 

touchscreen interface display. 

• Streamlined programming, diagnostics and metrics. 

• Customize the start screen to tie your equipment and product 

offerings into a consistent brand message. 

• XTS series, driven by a user friendly touchscreen interface 

and intuitive software. 

• Cascading Spray Dome®, hot tank water flows through clogfree 

channels built into the dome and virtually eliminates 

spray head scale buildup. 

• Legendary Extractor® control. 

• Duplicate profi les and parameters to and from any of the 

batch buttons on a single machine or copy the information to 

an unlimited number of brewers via a removable SD card. 

• Airpot dispensing designed for flexibility and portability. 

Model CBS-2132XTS-3L shown. 

Model # Dimension Hot water tank capacity Cofiguration 

CBS-2131XTS-1G 11¾”W x 20⁵⁄₁₆”D x 27¹¹⁄₁₆”H 3.3 gallon Single station 

CBS-2132XTS-1G 19¾”W x 20⁵⁄₁₆”D x 27¹¹⁄₁₆”H 5.8 gallon Dual station 

136 



EXTRACTOR COFFEE BREWER 

Features 

• Cascading Spray Dome technology ensures perfect extraction of coffee flavor. 

• Pulse-Brew System delivers intermittent pulses of water to ensure even 

saturation of the coffee bed for enhanced extraction. 

• Digital Interface makes it easy to program and run brewer. Settings can be 

customized to your recipe. 

• Pre-Wet Cycle allows you to control the length of time water is in contact with 

the coffee before the brew cycle to ensure optimum flavor. 

• Bypass Feature redirects water directly into the dispenser, bypassing the coffee 

grounds in the brew basket, to provide your custom water-to-coffee ratio. 

• Brew Time & Brew Volume can be programmed separately to ensure a 

perfectly-balanced batch, no matter how much coffee you brew at once. 

• Drip Delay lets you set the time between the end of the brew cycle and the 

unlocking of the brew basket, for increased safety. 

Model CBS-2052E shown. 

Model # Dimension Capacity Configuration 

CBS-2041E 11”W x 18”D x 34⅜”H 1 gallon Single 

CBS-2041E 19”W x 18”D x 34⅜”H 1 gallon Twin 

CBS-2051E 12¾”W x 20⅛”D x 37⅟₄”H 1.5 gallon Single 

CBS-2052E 21⅞”W x 20⅛”D x 37⅟₄”H 1.5 gallon Twin 

SEMIPROFESSIONAL COMPACT COFFEE MACHINE 

Features 

• Vintage design of pure steel. 

• LCD display. 

• Boiler equipped with the Smart Boiler software: continuity of service at peak 

times. 

• Quicksteam technology to automatically heat and froth milk at the push of a 

button (optional). 

• Food safety: Ruveco Teck, proprietary technology to prevent the transfer of 

heavy metals in the drinks delivered. 

Model # 

DAFNE 

Dimension 

11”W x 16.8”D x 17.4”H 


137


AUTOMATIC ESPRESSO COFFEE 

Features 

• Automatic espresso coffee machine equipped with a microprocessor 

for an easy programming of coffee dosage. 

• Body: stainless steel and sandblasted-brown, black, red or white. 

Model DIECI A3 shown. 

Model # Dimension Boiler capacity Stem wands Hot water wands 

DIECI A1 17”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 5 Liters (1) (1) 

DIECI A2 28”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 10 Liters (2) (1) 

DIECI A3 36³⁄₁₀”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 15 Liters (2) (1) 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC ESPRESSO COFFEE 

Features 

• Semi-automatic espresso coffee machine. 


Model DIECI S3 shown. 


DIECI S1 17”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 5 Liters (1) (1) 

DIECI S2 28”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 10 Liters (2) (1) 

DIECI S3 36³⁄₁₀”W x 23⅟₂”D x 22²⁄₅”H 15 Liters (2) (1) 

138 



AUTOMATIC ESPRESSO COFFEE 

Features 

• Automatic espresso coffee machine equipped with a microprocessor 

for an easy programming of coffee dosage. 


Model DODICI A3 shown. 


DODICI A2 30³⁄₁₀”W x 20⅟₁₀”D x 18⅟₂”H 10 Liters (2) (1) 

DODICI A3 38⅟₅”W x 20⅟₁₀”D x 18⅟₂”H 15 Liters (2) (1) 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC ESPRESSO COFFEE 

Features 

• Semi-automatic espresso coffee machine. 


Model DODICI S2 shown. 


DODICI S2 30³⁄₁₀”W x 20⅟₁₀”D x 18⅟₂”H 10 Liters (2) (1) 

DODICI S3 38⅟₅”W x 20⅟₁₀”D x 18⅟₂”H 15 Liters (2) (1) 


139


ESPRESSO MACHINE 

Model DIADEMA 2 shown. 

Features 

• The elegant Diadema incorporates the latest technology and the 

ultimate quality in traditional multi-group espresso machines. 

• Stainless Steel body. Heavy duty steel frame, powder coated 

baked-on paint finish with rust inhibitor. 

• Optional modular bombe side panels are available in forest 

green, black or can be custom painted to fit any decor. 

• Electric power supply: 220V/50/60hz. 

• Boiler: Nickel plated copper boiler with internal heat exchangers. 

• The Diadema integrates the finest electronic components to 

insure optimum performance and longevity. 

• recision made pressurestat assures reliable water temperature 

control and immediate recovery. 

• Internal rotary vane motor pump. 2 Stainless Steel steam wands 

and 1 hot water spout. 

• Thermally balanced group heads with heavy duty portafilters 

made of high quality solid brass, nickel and chromium plated. 

• Automatic self adjusting water level. 

• Adjustable chromium plated feet. 

Model # Dimension Boiler capacity Portafilters Wattages 

DIADEMA 2C 23⅟₂”W x 21⅟₄”D x 20¾”H 8 Liters (3) 2,600 

DIADEMA 2 28⅟₄”W x 21⅟₄”D x 20¾”H 14 Liters (3) 4,000 

DIADEMA 3 34¾”W x 21⅟₄”D x 20¾”H 21 Liters (4) 4,500 


Features 

• Copper boiler: The Lira Three Group has a 21-liter boiler with internal heat 

exchangers that provide thermal continuity to the group heads and very 

efficient steam production. 

• Tubing is made of heavy gauge copper for better heat retention. 

• Group heads are made of heavy solid brass castings for consistent 

temperature retention and proper thermal balance. 

• Steam wands are made of stainless steel for durability and easy 

maintenance. 

• Hot water dispenser is made of copper and brass with nickel and chromium 

plating. 

• Motor and pump: The 220V motor powers the brass rotary vane pump with 

quite and consistent water pressure. 

• Stainless steel drip basin is built with a movable slider tray in order to 

accommodate espresso cups or tall paper cups for in-house or takeout 

service. 

Model LIRA 3 shown. 


LIRA 1 18.82”W x 22.6”D x 22.32”H 4 Liters (2) 2,000 

LIRA 2C 27.16”W x 22.6”D x 22.32”H 8 Liters (3) 2,600 




140 




Features 

• Copper Boiler: The Vittoria Classica Two Group has a 14-lit boiler 

with internal heat exchangers that provide thermal continuity to 

the group heads and very efficient steam production. 


• Group Heads are made of heavy solid brass castings for 

consistent temperature retention and proper thermal balance. 

• Steam Wands are made of stainless steel for durability and easy 

maintenance. 

• Hot Water Dispenser is made of copper and brass with nickel and 

chromium plating. 

• Motor and Pump: The 220V motor powers the brass rotary vane 

pump with quite and consistent water pressure. 

• Stainless Steel Drip Basin is built with a movable slider tray in 

order to accommodate espresso cups or tall paper cups for inhouse 

or takeout service. 

Model VITTORIA CLASSICA 2 shown. 


VITTORIA CLASSICA 1 11.81”W x 19.68”D x 20.56”H 4 Liters (2) 1,800 

VITTORIA CLASSICA 2C 22.05”W x 20.68”D x 20.08”H 8 Liters (3) 2,500 





Features 

• Copper Boiler: The De Lux Two Group has 14-lit boiler with internal heat 

exchangers that provide thermal continuity to the group heads and very 

efficient steam production. 


• Group Heads are made of heavy solid brass castings for consistent 

temperature retention and proper thermal balance. 

• Steam Wands are made of stainless steel for durability and easy 

maintenance. 

• Hot Water Dispenser is made of copper and brass with nickel and chromium 

plating. 

Model DE LUX 2 shown. 

• Motor and Pump: The 220V 50/60hz motor powers the brass rotary vane 

pump with quite and consistent water pressure. 

• Stainless Steel Drip Basin is built with a movable slider tray in order to 

accommodate espresso cups or tall paper cups for in-house or takeout 

service. 


DE LUX 2 31.29”W x 23.26”D x 21.06”H 14 Liters (2) 4,000 




141


MR. FRANK® HOT DOG BROILER 

Features 

• Heating system can be turned to broiling temperatures for 

cooking hot dog in less than 15 minutes and turned down to NSF 

safe holding temperatures for serving customers. 

• Broiler holds 48 hot dogs in broiling racks. 

• Front panel is open (no glass) for self-merchandising. 

• Pause button can stop rotation of rack for easy loading and 

unloading of hot dogs, without turning off heating element. 

• Stainless steel interiors and exteriors are easy to wipe clean. 


Model DR-1A shown with optional BH-1A 


DR-1A 20”W x 14”D x 17⅟₂”H 150 hot dog per hour 120V/1,310 watts 

DR-2A 20”W x 14”D x 24”H 150 hot dog per hour 120V/1,310 watts 

HOT DOG BUN HOLDER 

Features 

• Holds 36 buns. 

• Non-electric. 

• Top fitting for DR-1A and DR-2A hot dog broiler. 

Model # 

BH-1A 

Dimension 

16”W x 14”D x 6⅟₂”H 

MR. FRANK® HOT DOG STEAMER 

Features 

• Heating system can cook hot dogs in less than 20 minutes and 

holds them at NSF safe temperatures for serving customers. 

• Steamer holds 150 hot dogs and 60 buns. 

• Divided steaming pan allows control of steam levels for hot dogs 

vs. buns. 

• Stainless steel interiors and exteriors are easy to clean. 

• Steamer has built-in “easy to remove” drip tray for easy cleaning. 

• Drain valve provided to remove excess water in steam tanks. 



DS-1A 16”W x 14”D x 20⅟₂”H 150 hot dog per hour 120V/1,310 watts 

DS-1AP ¹ 16”W x 14”D x 20⅟₂”H 150 hot dog per hour 120V/1,310 watts 

¹ available as pass through 

142 



X*PERT SERIES HOTROD® ROLLER GRILL 

Model HR-50 shown 

Features 

• Infinite Control System gives operator the maximum ability to adjust 

temperatures to a variety of hot dogs, sausage, egg roll, or other roll 

type products. 

• “Tru-Turn” coated rollers just wipe clean with damp rag. 

• Raised rollers allow cleaning in “hard to reach” areas. 

• Removable grease collection pan is simple to clean. 

• Easiest Roller Grill in the Industry to service. 

• Unit is supplied with “easy to remove” side and bottom panels. 

• Dependable, high torque motor is one of the most dependable in 

the industry. 



HR-20 17⅟₄”W x 18⅝”D x 8⅟₂”H 340 hot dog per hour 120V/768 watts 

HR-31 23¾”W x 18⅝”D x 8⅟₂”H 510 hot dog per hour 120V/985 watts 

HR-45 23¾”W x 29⁹⁄₁₆”D x 8⅟₂”H 765 hot dog per hour 120V/1,465 watts 

HR-50 34¾”W x 29⁹⁄₁₆”D x 8⅟₂”H 850 hot dog per hour 120V/1,320 watts 

HR-75 34¾”W x 29⁹⁄₁₆”D x 8⅟₂”H 1,275 hot dog per hour 208V/1,820 watts 

HR-85 34¾”W x 29⁹⁄₁₆”D x 8⅟₂”H 1,500 hot dog per hour 208V/2,017 watts 

available in chrome or “Tru-Turn” textured rollers 

HOT DOG GRILL SNEEZE GUARD 

Pass-thru lift-off design 

Sloped front cover design 

Model # Dimension Type Material 

SG-20 18²²⁄₂₅”W x 19⅟₂”D x 9”H Sloped front cover Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-31 24⅟₄”W x 19⅟₂”D x 9”H Sloped front cover Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-45DD ¹ 24⅟₂”W x 30³³⁄₅₀”D x 9”H Sloped front cover Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-50 35⅟₂”W x 19⅟₂”D x 9”H Sloped front cover Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-75/85 35⅟₂”W x 30³³⁄₅₀”D x 9”H Sloped front cover Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-31XP 26⅟₂”W x 19⅟₅”D x 8”H Pass-thru lift off Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-50XP 37⅟₂”W x 19⅟₅”D x 8”H Pass-thru lift off Transparent polycarbonate 

SG-75/85XP 37⅟₂”W x 30⅟₂”D x 8”H Pass-thru lift off Transparent polycarbonate 

¹ with dual removable doors 


143


X*PERT SERIES ALL-IN-ONE ROLLER GRILL 

SYSTEMS 

Model HR-31BW shown with optional SG-31XP sneeze guard 

Features 

• Full sized bun warmer drawer built-in with single button heat control for a 

great tasting “hot” bun. 

• Multi-zone temperature selection (front and rear) allows for product to be 

cooked while already cooked products can be held at NSF safe temps and 

served. 

• Dual infinite temperature controls provide more linear heat control for 

better performance and adjustability to allow switching from cook to hold 

cycles easily while maintaining proper temperatures. 

• New “Tru-Turn” coated Rollers just wipe clean with damp cloth. 

• Raised rollers allow easy cleaning in “hard to reach” areas. 

• Removable stainless steel grease collection pan is simple to wash clean. 

• Easiest Roller Grill/Bun Warmer combo in the industry to service. 

• Unit is supplied with “easy to remove” side and bottom panels. 



HR-31BW 23¾”W x 18⅝”D x 12¾”H 510 hot dog per hour 120V/985 watts 

HR-45BW 23¾”W x 29¹⁴⁄₂₅”D x 14⅟₄”H 765 hot dog per hour 120V/1,465 watts 

HR-50BW 34¾”W x 18⅝”D x 12¾”H 850 hot dog per hour 120V/1,320 watts 

HR-75BW 34¾”W x 29¹⁴⁄₂₅”D x 14⅟₄”H 1,275 hot dog per hour 208V/1,820 watts 

HR-85BW 34¾”W x 29¹⁴⁄₂₅”D x 14⅟₄”H 1,500 hot dog per hour 208V/2,017 watts 

available in chrome or “Tru-Turn” textured rollers 

CAYENNE® HOT DOG ROLLER GRILLS 

Features 

• Body and rollers are all stainless steel construction for durability and 

easy cleaning. 

• Excellent point-of-sale merchandisers for hot dogs, taquitos, brats and 

more. 

• 360 degree roller rotation provides even heating and effective 

merchandising. 

• Removable drip pan for easy cleaning. 

• Breath guards available, sold separately. 

• 4 ft. cord with plug. 

Model 40820 shown 


40820 W2L968 23¾”W x 18⅝”D x 12¾”H 12 hot dog 120V/400 watts 

40821 W2L969 23¾”W x 29¹⁴⁄₂₅”D x 14⅟₄”H 18 hot dog 120V/560 watts 

40822 W2L970 34¾”W x 18⅝”D x 12¾”H 24 hot dog 120V/720 watts 

144 



HOT DOG GRILL SNEEZE GUARD 


40823 W2M079 27”W x 10”D x 12”H 

40824 W2M080 27”W x 13”D x 12”H 

40825 W2M081 27”W x 16”D x 12”H 

CAYENNE® HOT FOOD MERCHANDISERS 

Features 

• Thermostatically controlled heat with 85° to 175°F temp range. 

• Specially designed baffle for even temperature distribution. 

• Internal humidifying system to keep food looking fresh longer. 

• Front and rear sliding doors for easy loading and customer self-serve 

convenience. 

• Three adjustable shelves for versatile displays. 

• Illuminated display for bright, eye-catching merchandising. 

• Lights controlled separately. Lights can be used without heating the 

merchandise. 

• Double-walled stainless steel construction keeps cabinet cool. 

Model # Win # Dimension Electrical 

40733 W2J361 26”W x 19”D x 25”H 120V/1,500 watts 

40734 W2J843 35²⁄₅”W x 19”D x 25”H 120V/1,500 watts 

40735 W2M190 47”W x 19”D x 25”H 120V/1,500 watts 

HEATED DISPLAY CABINETS 



Features 

• Inside lighting strips located both at the top of the cabinet and underneath the 

upper shelf create optimum food display throughout cabinet. 

• Dual fans circulate air throughout unit to ensure even temperature control. 

• Triple-glazed front glass gives added strength and insulation. 

• Lift-and-remove rear sliding doors for easy display changes and end of day cleaning. 

• Digitally controlled thermostat for precise and consistent settings 

• 104° - 158° F temperature range. 

• 6 ft. (1.8 m) 120v cord and plug. 

Model # Dimension Type Electrical 

40883 35⁷⁄₁₆”W x 21⅟₅”D x 31”H Curved 120V/670 watts 

40884 47³⁄₁₆”W x 21⅟₅”D x 31”H Curved 120V/710 watts 

40885 59”W x 21⅟₅”D x 31”H Curved 120V/750 watts 

40890 35⁷⁄₁₆”W x 21⅟₅”D x 37”H Cubed 120V/730 watts 

40891 47³⁄₁₆”W x 21⅟₅”D x 37”H Cubed 120V/790 watts 

40892 59”W x 21⅟₅”D x 37”H Cubed 120V/850 watts 


145


WARMING CASE 

Features 

• Shelving adjustable to different positions. 

• Removable sliding doors made from tempered glass. 

• Stainless-steel & aluminum construction w/tempered glass . 

• Thermostatically adjustable controlled for bottom heat source. 

• Pilot light: Bright incandescent illumination w/ On/Off switch. 

• Two Chrome plated adjustable wire shelves removed for easy cleaning. 

• Water pan for moisture. 

• Adjustable legs. 


172524SL W2B977 24”W x 17”D x 25”H 

172536SL W2B978 26”W x 17”D x 25”H 

HEATED PUMP WARMERS 

Features 

• Hold a standard #10 size can. 

• Units are fully insulated to focus heat on interior warming area and to 

keep outside surfaces safe. 

• Stainless steel exteriors are easy to wipe clean. 

• Infinite control heat system offers more accuracy than toggle switch 

systems. 


HEATED PUMP WARMERS 

Features 

• Provided with 4 qt inset, slotted hinged cover and 1 oz ladle. 

• Units are fully insulated to focus heat on interior warming area and to 

keep outside surfaces safe. 

• Stainless steel exteriors are easy to wipe clean. 

• Infinite control heat system offers more accuracy than toggle switch 

systems. 



CCW 8⅟₂”W x 14⅟₄”D x 15⅟₄”H 120V/396 watts 

LCCW ¹ 8⅟₂”W x 14⅟₄”D x 15⅟₄”H 120V/420 watts 

¹ lighted version 


W-4B 9⅟₂”W x 9⅟₂”D x 10¾”H 120V/396 watts 

LW-4 ¹ 8⅟₂”W x 9¹⁵⁄₁₆”D x 9⅞”H 120V/396 watts 

¹ lighted version 

146 



CONDIMENT SERVING STATIONS 

Features 

• Pump end wells hold a standard 1 gallon plastic jar or bag. 

• Pumps accurately dispense 1 ounce of product per use. 

• Exterior of the station is constructed of stainless steel for maximum durability. 

• Pumps are made of durable stainless steel for operations that are exposed to significant 

use through the day. 

• Pumps can be fully disassembled for easy cleaning. 


Model CSS-DTS-2N shown 


CSS-DTS-2 33¾”W x 7³⁄₁₆”D x 10³⁄₁₆”H (3) ⅟₆ x 6”D pan 

CSS-DTS-2N 14⅞”W x 15⁵⁄₁₆”D x 15⁹⁄₁₆”H (3) ¹⁄₉ x 4”D pan 

Model CSS-DTS-2 shown 

REFRIGERATED TOPPING RAILS 

Features 

• Refrigerated countertop system that keeps everything at NSF safe temperature. 

• Each pan has its own hinged, removable cover. 

• All pans are completely removable for easy cleaning. 

• All stainless steel construction and ⅟₂” non-adjustable legs. 


Model RTR-4 shown 

Model RTR-8 shown 

Model # Dimension Capacity Compressor 

RTR-4 17”W x 25⁵⁄₁₆”D x 11⁷⁄₁₆”H (4) ⅟₆ x 6”D pan ⅟₆ hp 

RTR-8 27⅟₂”W x 25¹³⁄₁₆”D x 8⅟₂”H (4) ⅟₆ x 4”D & (4) ⅟₆ x 6”D pan ⅟₅ hp 


147

Store Policy 

Warranty 

• Win Depot offers an exclusive 7 days exchange/refund policy on items that 

are returned unopened/unused. After 7 days, Win Depot will NOT accept any 

exchanges or refunds. 

• All products are sold with their respective manufacture’s warranty. Please 

note the warranty periods and services vary by manufacturer and products. 

• After 7 days returned are subject to 20% restocking fee & store credit only. 

• Shipping and handling charges are no-refundable. 

• All exchanged/returned merchandise MUST be accompanied by the original 

sales receipt, original box with UPC code intact and all packing material 

(instruction, manuals, etc.) If original sales receipt is not available, returns are 

subject to a 20% restocking fee & store credit only. 

Checks 

• Refunds may require a corporate checks if funds are not available in store. 

Checks will be processed within 10 business days, and then mailed. 

• Items purchased by check and returned within 10 days will be accepted for 

exchange or store credit only. 

Credit card purchases 

• Purchases made by a credit card may only be exchanged or a credit applied 

to the original credit card. 

• Purchases over $50 dollars will require a proof of identification (i.e. driver 

license, passport, etc.) 

Special offers 

• Special offer (i.e. free gift/discount. etc.) is subject to be returned to the store, 

if customer returns purchases bought on receipt to obtain these special offers. 

• If special offers are not returns when receipts items are return, customers are 

subject to pay for them at the store price 

Return Policy 

• Returns and exchanges accepted within 7 Business days and with receipt. 

• No exceptions 

POliza de Devoluciones 

• Se aceptan devoluciones y cambios entre 7 dias laborales y con recibo 

• No excepciones 

Credit Card Policy 

Purchases over $50 will require proof of photo identification

elcome to visit our stores 

QUEENS SHOWROOM 

2- Northern Blvd., .I.C., N 11101 

Tel (71)--1 ax (71)--0700 

Business our 00am - 00pm 

MANHATTAN SHOWROOM 

1 afayette St., N..C., N 10012 

Tel (212)-1-1 ax (212)-- 

Business our 0am - 00pm

Win-Depot-Equipment-Catalog-2014-2015

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?